Christ Bba 2019 PDF

6/23/2020 https://christuniversity.
in/school-of-business-and-management/businessmanagement/bachelor-of-business-administration-(bba)/sylla…
Department of
BUSINESSMANAGEMENT
Syllabus for
Bachelor of Business Administration
Academic Year (2019)
1 Semester - 2019 - Batch

Hours Per
Paper Code Paper Credits Marks
Week
AEN121 ADDITIONAL ENGLISH 3 3 100
BBA111 FOUNDATIONS OF MANAGERIAL EFFECTIVENESS 2 1 100
BBA131 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 5 4 100
BBA132 MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS 5 4 100
BBA133 ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 4 4 100
BBA134 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS 4 4 100
BBA161A BASIC PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESSES 4 3 100
BBA161B THE DYNAMICS OF INDIAN SOCIETY 4 3 100
BBA161C INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA PRODUCTION 4 3 100
BBA161D HUMAN RIGHTS LAW 4 3 100
BBA161E GRAPHIC DESIGNING 4 3 100
BBA161F ECLECTIC THOUGHTS 4 4 100
BBA161G RESTAURANT OPERATIONS 4 3 100
BECH131N PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS 5 5 100
BECH132N MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS - I 5 5 100
BECH133N ECONOMIC HISTORY OF INDIA FROM 1750 TO 1947 5 5 100
BENG121N ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION I 3 3 100
FRN121 FRENCH 3 3 100
HIN122 HINDI 3 3 50
KAN122 KANNADA 3 03 100
SAN122 SANSKRIT 3 2 100
TAM121 TAMIL 3 3 100
Hours Per
Week
AEN221 ADDITIONAL ENGLISH 3 3 100
BBA211 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION SKILLS 2 1 100
BBA231 CORPORATE ACCOUNTING 5 4 100
BBA232 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA233 BUSINESS STATISTICS 5 4 100
BBA234 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA261A BASIC SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 4 100
BBA261B SOCIOLOGY OF CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT 4 4 100
BBA261C TECHNIQUES OF DIGITAL DESIGN 4 3 100
BBA261D INDIAN SOCIETY AND LAW 4 3 100
BBA261E WEB PAGE DESIGNING AND MULTIMEDIA 4 3 100
BBA261F LITERATURE, HISTORY AND SOCIETY 4 4 100
https://christuniversity.in/school-of-business-and-management/businessmanagement/bachelor-of-business-administration-(bba)/syllabus/23/2019 1/181
6/23/2020 https://christuniversity.in/school-of-business-and-management/businessmanagement/bachelor-of-business-administration-(bba)/sylla…
BBA261G EUROPEAN CUISINE 4 3 100
BBA281 SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY PROJECT 2 1 50
BECH231N INTRODUCTION TO MACROECONOMICS 5 5 50
BECH232N MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS-II 5 5 100
BECH233N STATISTICS FOR ECONOMICS - I 5 5 100
BECH241N GENDER ECONOMICS 3 3 100
BECH242N INTRODUCTION TO THE PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS 3 3 100
BENG221N ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION II 3 3 100
ENG221 ENGLISH 3 2 100
FRN221 FRENCH 3 3 100
HIN222 HINDI 3 3 50
KAN222 KANNADA 3 03 50
SAN222 SANSKRIT 3 2 100
SDEC 112N SOCIAL SENSITIVITY SKILLS 2 0 100
SDEC212N EXPRESSIVE SKILLS 2 0 100
TAM221 TAMIL 3 3 100
Hours Per
Week
BBA311 EXCEL : BASICS AND INTERMEDIATE 2 1 100
BBA331 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 5 4 100
BBA332 CORPORATE LAW 4 4 100
BBA333 INNOVATION AND CREATIVITY IN BUSINESS 4 4 100
BBA334 SERVICE MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA335 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEM 4 4 100
BBA336 BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 4 4 100
BBA351 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 5 3 100
BBA361 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 4 4 100
BBA381 INDUSTRY REVIEW PROJECT 2 1 50
Hours Per
Week
BBA411A ADVANCED EXCEL AND DATA VISUALIZATION 2 1 100
BBA411F PROJECT MANAGEMENT SKILLS 2 1 100
BBA431 COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING 5 4 100
BBA432 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT 5 4 100
BBA434 INDIAN FINANCIAL SYSTEM 4 4 100
BBA435 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 4 4 100
BBA436 EVENT MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA451 BUSINESS ANALYTICS 4 4 100
BBA461 MACRO ECONOMICS 4 4 100
BBA481 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT PROJECT 1 0 50
Hours Per
Week
BBA511A BASIC FINANCIAL SKILLS 6 1 100
BBA511B BASIC MARKETING SKILLS 2 1 100
BBA511C BASIC HRM SKILLS 2 1 100
BBA511D BASIC ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS 2 1 100
BBA531 BANK MANAGEMENT 5 4 100
BBA532 TAXATION MANAGEMENT 5 5 100
BBA533 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA541A SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA542B BRAND MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA542C COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA543A STRATEGIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA543B RETAIL MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA543C INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA543D FAMILY BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA544A BUSINESS VALUATION 4 4 100
BBA544C HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 4 4 100
BBA544D WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA545B INTERNATIONAL MARKETING 4 4 100
BBA545D ENTERPRISE PLANNING AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 4 4 100
BBA551E DATA MANAGEMENT FOR BUSINESS ANALYTICS 4 3 100
BBA552E DATA VISUALIZATION USING TABLEAU 4 4 100
BBA553E BASIC R PROGRAMMING FOR ANALYTICS 4 4 100
BBA581 INTERNSHIP PROJECT 3 4 100
Hours Per
Week
BBA611A ADVANCED FINANCIAL SKILLS 2 1 100
BBA611B ADVANCED MARKETING SKILLS 2 1 100
BBA611C ADVANCED HRM SKILLS 2 1 100
BBA611D ADVANCED ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS 2 1 100
BBA631 INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT 5 4 100
BBA632 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 5 4 100
BBA633 BUSINESS LAW 5 4 100
BBA641B INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION 4 4 100
BBA641D INDUSTRIAL MARKETING 4 4 100
BBA642A MERGERS AND ACQUISITION 4 4 100
BBA643C STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA643D TECHNOLOGY AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP 4 4 100
BBA644B DIGITAL MARKETING 4 4 100
BBA644C PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA645A DEBT MARKETS AND MUTUAL FUNDS 4 4 100
BBA645B NEURO MARKETING 4 4 100
BBA645C HUMAN RESOURCE SCORECARD 4 4 100
BBA645D ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE 4 4 100
BBA651E ADVANCED R PROGRAMMING FOR ANALYTICS 4 4 100
BBA652E DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING 4 4 100
BBA653E ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE FOR BUSINESS AND SOCIETY 4 4 100
BBA654A FINANCIAL MODELLING 4 4 100
BBA681 PROJECT 2 3 100
Assesment Pattern
Assessment Component Marks

CIA I 20%
CIA II 25%
CIA III 20%
End Semester 30%
Examination
Attendance 05%
Total
Examination And Assesments

The evaluation is divided into two components: Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA) including Mid
Semester Examination (MSE) with seventy percent weightage and the End Semester Examination (ESE)
with thirty percent weightage.
Department Overview:
The Department of Economics, NCR Campus, runs a range of programs that include Undergraduate
and Post-Graduate program, Open electives and Research Degree (PhD). Through these programs
students are encouraged to consider careers and missions that integrate understanding of life.
Mission Statement:
Vision is to establish an identity of a high standard in teaching and research in Economics. Mission is
to equip students with advanced knowledge and skill sets to address real-world socio-economic and
political problems and undertake cutting edge research on contemporary issues related to the same.
Introduction to Program:
The BA Economics Honours Programme is designed to produce graduates trained in the application of
knowledge in economics to real-life economic, financial, ethical and analytical problems encountered
in the economy. It is structured to provide the students with the skills and professional acumen to
become key players in the economy irrespective of their future job places and task diversification they
would take up. The programme may enable the students to effectively apply their knowledge and skills
to situations of economic, institutional and policy making both in governance and industry. The
programme has a rigorous focus on quantitative techniques and research methods which will orient the
students in dealing with economic problems with a practical and analytical approach.
Program Objective:
Programme Objectives: - To train the students in the fundamental theories in economics - To provide
skills in academic research and economic analysis - To expose the students to the real world economic
experiences through service learning - To develop the competency to design economic policies - To
become holistically developed individuals Programme Outcomes: On completion of the BA Honours
programme in Economics: - The students will gain familiarity with historical and contemporary
developments in the discipline of Economics. - The students will have the necessary knowledge of
interdisciplinary areas. - Students will be able to analyse and evaluate economic policies. - Students
will gain problem-solving, interpretative and decision-making skills. - Students will attain the
competency to understand regional, national and global issues from the economic perspective. - The
students will have advanced knowledge of discipline-specific areas of Economics. - Students will be
trained in advanced practical areas of data analysis, report generation and critical thinking. - Students
will be eligible for higher education at leading institutions in the world. - The students will be
professionally equipped to take up careers in the corporate and public sector.
AEN121 - ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (2019 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100 Credits:3
Course Objectives/Course Description
The Additional English course is offered as a second language course and seeks to introduce the students to the
nuances of English literature in its varied forms and genres. The students who choose Additional English are
generally proficient in the English language. Hence, instead of focusing on introducing them to language,
challenging texts in terms of ideas, form, and technique are chosen. Additional English as a course is designed for
students in place of a regional language. Non-Resident Indians (NRIs), foreign nationals and students who have not
taken Hindi, Kannada, Tamil or French at the Plus 2 or Class XII levels are eligible to choose Additional English.
The course is taught for students from different streams, namely, BA, BSc, BCom, and BBA in the first year and for
BA, BSc and BCom (Regular) in the second year.
The first year syllabus is an attempt by the Department of English, Christ University to recognize and bring together
the polyphonic Indian and Indian sub-continental voices in English in English translation for the Additional English
students of the first year. This effort aims to familiarize the students with regional literatures in translation, Indian
Writing in English (IWE) and literatures from Pakistan, Nepal and Srilanka, thereby, enabling the students to learn
more about Indian culture and ethos through writings from different regions of the country. We have tried to
represent in some way or the other the corners of India and the Indian sub-continent in this microcosmic world of
short stories, poems and essays
There is a prescribed text bookfor the first year students, compiled by the Department of English, Christ University
and intended for private circulation.
The first semester has a variety of writing from India, Pakistan and Nepal. The various essays, short stories and
poems deal with various socio-economic, cultural and political issues that are relevant to modern day India and the
Indian sub-continent and will enable students to comprehend issues of identity-politics, caste, religion, class, and
gender. All of the selections either in the manner of their writing, the themes they deal with or the ideologies that
govern them are contemporary in relevance and sensibility, whether written by contemporary writers or earlier
writers. An important addition to this syllabus is the preponderance of North-Eastern writing which was hitherto not
well represented. Excerpts from interviews, autobiographical writings, sports and city narratives are added to this
section to introduce students to the varied genres of literature.
The objectives of this course are
to expose students to the rich literary and cultural diversity of Indian literatures
to sensitise students on the social, political, historical and cultural ethos that has shaped the
nation- INDIA
to enable to grasp and appreciate the variety and abundance of Indian writing, of which this
compilation is just a passing glance
to learn and appreciate India through association of ideas in the texts and the external contexts
(BhashaUtsav will be an intrinsic help in this endeavour)
Learning Outcome
Learning Outcome
The students will become

sensitive to cultural, social, religious and ethnic diversities and help them engage with their peers
and all around them in a more understanding and ‘educated’ manner.
it will also enable them through the activities conducted to become more proactive
citizens/participants in society.
aware of the dynamics of gender, identity, communalism and politics of this vast nation through
its literature.
Unit-1 Teaching Hours:10

Poetry
1. Keki N Daruwala “Migrations”
2. Kamala Das “Forest Fire”
3. Agha Shahid Ali “Snow on the Desert”
4. Eunice D Souza “Marriages are Made”

Short Stories
1. Rabindranath Tagore “Babus of Nayanjore”
2. Ruskin Bond “He said it with Arsenic”
3. Bhisham Sahni “The Boss Came to Dinner”
4. N. Kunjamohan Singh “The Taste of Hilsa”
5. Mohan Thakuri “Post Script”

Essays
1. Mahatma Gandhi “What is True Civilization?” (Excerpts from Hind Swaraj)
2. Ela Bhatt “Organising for Change”
3. Sitakant Mahapatra “Beyond the Ego: New Values for a Global Neighborhood
4. B R Ambedkar “Waiting for A Visa”
Text Books And Reference Books:
Contemporary knowledge of the soci-political situation in the sub-continent
The text book copy "Reading Diversity"

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
On-line resources to appreciate the text through the Comprehension Questions

Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1: Classroom assignment for 20 marks keeping in mind the objectives and learning outcomes of the course.
CIA 2: Mid-semester written exam for 50 marks
CIA 3: Collage, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes or any proactive creative assignments
that might help students engage with India as a cultural space. This is to be done keeping in mind the objectives and
learning outcomes of the course.
Question Paper Pattern
Mid Semester Exam: 2 hrs
Section A: 4x5= 20
Section B: 2x15=30
Total 50
End Semester Exam: 2 hrs
Section A: 4 x 5 = 20
Section B: 2 x 15= 30
Total 50
BBA111 - FOUNDATIONS OF MANAGERIAL EFFECTIVENESS (2019
Batch)

This course intended to provide a cohort experience and to help students acquire a range of useful strategies and skills for
enhancing their managerial effectiveness, as well as for engaging productively with the undergraduate course concepts
throughout their program. The three themes addressed are managing your learning, learning together, and managerial skill
development.
Learning Outcome
1. To explain and illustrate different barriers of professionalism and ethics as an attribute.
2. To develop understanding between individuals within a team or in a group setting.
3. To discover the importance of Team Building & Being a Team Member.
4. To analyze and interpret the techniques and tools that will promote efficient utilization of time.
To evaluate different reading strategies to improve effective reading.

PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS
Professionalism in workplace
Ethics
Professionalism in sports, society, etc.
Grooming

JOHARI WINDOW & TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS
1. JOHARI WINDOW - The four quadrants of JW, Advantages and disadvantages, Applications
2. TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS - Ego states, Type of transactions, Implications of TA

SELF AWARENESS
· Introduction, importance, benefits, types and how to create a self-awareness,
· Understand yourself, Realize your strengths and weakness

Applicability of self-awareness in our lives.
TEAM BUILDING
Introduction to meaning and concept of Teams, importance of Team in formal Set up.Importance of being a Team Member and
Team Leader. Meaning, importance and Challenges of Team Building, Introduction as to how to build Teams.
TIME MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Time management, Benefits of time management, Prioritization of events, preparing schedules,
Procrastination, Problems in time management and strategies for effective time management.
Reading & Comprehension Skills Usage of Library Resources
Importance of Reading Skills, Ways to improve reading skills, Building vocabulary, Techniques for
Smart Reading: Surveying, Questioning, Reading, Skimming, Recalling and Reviewing.
Usage of Library Resources in University Campus.
https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/professionalism
https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/20140831053426-77080879-10-golden-rules-to-professional-
ethics-in-the-workplac
· http://www.harryhiker.com/et/et-08-00.htm
· https://ethicsinpr.wikispaces.com/Golden+Rule
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vj4hvpLYZ6M
Evaluation Pattern
EVALUATION PATTERN
Participation Creativity of ideas Presentation
Total marks
4 3 3 10 marks
BBA131 - FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (2019 Batch)
BBA131 - FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (2019 Batch)

Course Description
This course is intended to provide basic knowledge about the principles and practices of accounting
and equip the students to maintain the books of accounts of business firms leading to the preparation of
financial statements.
Course Objectives
· To impart knowledge about fundamental principles of accounting.
· To equip the students to maintain Books of Accounts and to prepare Final Accounts
independently.
· To provide basic knowledge about Accounting and Financial Reporting in the global scenario.
Learning Outcome
· Proper knowledge about fundamental principles of Accounting
· Ability to prepare Annual Financial Statements of Sole proprietor business firms.
· Knowledge about Accounting Standards and IFRS.

Introduction to Accounting
Meaning, Need for accounting, Internal and External users of accounting information, limitations of
accounting, Nature of Accounting, Accounting Concepts and Conventions, Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles,
Accounting equation –Double entry system of Accounting, types of Accounts, Rules of Accounting.
Accounting cycle- Journal - Meaning, features, simple and compound entries, Preparation of ledger
accounts and trial balance.
Subsidiary books
Sales book, Sales return book, Purchases book, Purchase returns book, Cash Book- three column cash
book, and journal proper.
Final Accounts
Rectification of errors, Preparation of Trading and Profit and Loss account and Balance Sheet of sole
proprietorship business.

Bank reconciliation statement
Need for Preparing reconciliation statement.
Preparation of bank reconciliation statement.

Fundamentals of Partnership Business
General principles, Preparation ofprofit and loss adjustment account and partners’ capital account- fixed and
fluctuating methods-Limited liability partnership.
Introduction to Company Accounts
Introduction to companyFinancial statements as per Companies Act- 2013, Preparation of Income
statement and Balance sheet.
Jain S.P.,&Narang K L. (2018).Fundamentals of Financial Accounting,
Kalyani publishers.New Dehli.

1. Maheshwari, S.N., &Maheshwari, S.K. (2014). Advanced Accountancy ,1,New Dehli:Jain Book
Agency.
2. Shukla, M. (2014). Advanced Accounts, New Delhi:S Chand Group
3. Radhaswamy, M & Gupta, R.L. (2014).Advanced Accountancy. 2, New Delhi:Sultan Chand &
Sons.
4. Reddy, A. (2014). Fundamentals of Accounting. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House
5. Raman, B. S. (2014). Financial Accounting (1stedi).I & II, New Dehli:United Publishers.
6. Porter, G.A., & Norton, C.L. (2013). Financial Accounting (IFRS update)( 6thedi), Cengage
Learning.
7. Jawahar Lal & Seema Srivastava (2013). Financial Accounting New Delhi:Himalaya Publishing
House.
Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1-30 Marks - Case Study/Review
CIA 2-50 Marks - Mid Semester Examination
CIA 3- 30 Marks- MCQ/Case Study/Review

BBA132 - MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS (2019 Batch)
Course Description:
The course provides the foundation to the principles of management and the major managerial
functional areas. It covers the basic principles of planning, organizing, staffing, motivation, leadership,
communication and controlling. It traces the historical evolution of management thought and also
focusses on the contemporary challenges faced by managers.
Course Objectives:
To develop competencies and knowledge of students to become effective management professionals.

To orient students on recent changes and developments in the field of management.
To impart knowledge on contemporary issues and challenges in the field of management.
Learning Outcome
Learning Outcome:
Students will be able to apply the knowledge about management in the real life business situation.
This subject will enable them to enhance their managerial ability and professional skills.
Unit-1
Introduction toManagement
Nature of Management – Definition of Management, Nature of Management- Management as a Science or Art- Management as a profession- Ad
Unit-2
Evolution of Management Thought
Evolution of Management Thought- Scientific Management, Contributions of Henry Fayol, Hawthorne Experiments and Human Relations, Cont
Unit-3
Functions of Management
Functions of Management-Nature of Management functions; Principles of Management, Management of Change.
Unit-4
Planning
Planning- Nature and Definition of Planning- Importance and Steps in planning- Types of Plans- Objectives and MBO- Policy and Strategy- Fore
Unit-5
Organizing
Organizing- Nature and purpose- Principles of Organization- Types of Organization- Departmentation- Committees- Authority and Responsibility
Unit-6
Directing & Staffing
Directing-Principles, objectives, functions, Motivation-concept of motivation, process, objectives , importance Maslow’s theory & Herzberg’s the
Unit-7
Control and Co-ordination
Co-ordination- Cooperation, Techniques of Coordination- Control- Essentials of Control- Control Techniques
Unit-8
Ethics in the Contemporary Management & Corporate Social Responsibility
Ethics in the contemporary management and corporate social responsibility and sustainability, social responsibility activities and management, cr
Unit-9
Service Learning
Service Learning- Introduction to service learning concepts, Types of Service learning, Significance of Service Learning, Phases of service learni

Essential Reading
Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert Jr. (2014).Management (6th edition), New Delhi: Prentice Hall India.
Recommended Readings
1. Daft, R. L. (2009). Principles of Management (1st edition), Cengage Learning.
2. Gupta, R.S., Sharma, B.D., &Bhalla. N.S. (2011). Principles & Practices of Management (11th edition). New Delhi: Kalyani Publis
3. Iyer, P. (2011). The Habit of Winning, Penguin
4. Koontz, H., &Weihrich, H. Essentials of Management, McGraw Hill Publishers.
5. L M Prasad, (2007). Principles and Practices of Management, Himalaya Publishing House
6. Ramadorai, S. (2011). The TCS Story and Beyond. India: Penguin Books
7. Rao, P.S. (2009). Principles of Management, Himalaya Publishing House.
8. Rao, V.S.P. & Krishna, V. H. (2009). Management: Text and Cases, Excel Books
9. Sharma, R.K & Gupta, S.K. (2009). Business Management (3rd edition), New Delhi: Kalyani Publishers.
Tripathi, R. (2009) Essentials of Management, Himalaya Publishing House.

Evaluation Pattern
Assessment outline
This section includes details about the method of assessment (distribution of marks between internal (CIA) and end term asse
CIA IA CIA IB CIA II

5% 5% 25%
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60

Max Marks:100
Course Description
The course focuses on the basic elements that determine human behavior in an organisation. It provides the fundamentals of organisational behaviours by understan
Course Objective
To develop an understanding on basic elements that shape human behaviour in an organisation.

To provide an in-depth look at how individual factors plays a role in group dynamics.
To learn the application of principles of OB in modern organisations.
Learning Outcome
At the end of the course, students will learn:
To demonstrate understanding of the dynamics of individual and group behavior in organisational work-life.
To analyse the implication of human behavior in the functioning of an organisation.
To develop strategies to enable behaviour to modification in the workplace by using various theories of OB.

Organisational Behaviour
Meaning, Definition of Organisational Behaviour, Evolution of OB as a discipline, Contribution from
other disciplines, OB Framework, Emerging issues in organisation behaviour.
Personality
Definition, Determinants of personality, Scales to Assess Personality – The Big Five Model, MBTI DISC and
FIRO-B, Other Personality Traits like Authoritarianism, Locus of Control, Machiavellianism, Self Esteem, Risk
Taking, Self-Monitoring and Achievement Oriented.
Learning
Meaning of learning; Importance and barriers to learning, Theories of learning- Classical Conditioning,
Operant conditioning, Cognitive theory, Social learning theory, Principles of learning, Schedule of
Reinforcement,
Attitudes & Values
Meaning, Formation of attitudes, ABC model, Function of Attitude, Cognitive Dissonance, Changing
attitudes; Work Attitudes- Job Satisfaction and Organisation Commitment.Values- Relationship
between Attitudes and Values.
Perception
Meaning and definition. Basic stages of Perceptual Process, Perceptual Selection, Perceptual
Organisation, Perceptual Interpretation, Attribution Process; Organisational Applications.
Group Dynamics
Meaning – Types of groups – Functions of groups, Stages of Group formation, Group Processes-
Group Norms, Group Roles, Group Cohesiveness, Group Size; Threats to group effectiveness;
Evolution of groups into teams.
Leadership
Behavioural Perspective of leadership - Ohio & Michigan Studies - Managerial Grid;
Contingency Perspective of Leadership - Situational Leadership and Path & Goal of leadership,
Transformational, Transactional, Charismatic leaders, Leaders as mentors and Ethical Leadership.
Motivation
Content Model of Motivation – David McClelland model, Alderfer ERG Theory;
Process Models of Motivation-Vroom’s expectancy model, Porter and Lawler model.

Organisational Change
Meaning – Importance of Change- Nature of work change - Planned & Unplanned External change-
Lewin’s Force Field analysis model, Resistance to Change- Overcoming Resistance to Change.
Aswathappa, K. (2016). Organisational Behaviour(Text, Cases and Games), 12th Ed. Bangalore:
Himalaya Publication.
· Singh, K. (2014). Organizational Behaviour: Text and Case. New Dehli: Pearson Education.
· Robbins, S. P., Judge, T. A., & Vohra, N. (2011). Organizational Behaviour. Pearson Education
Asia.
· Fincham, Robin; Rhodes, Peter; (2010).Principles of Organizational Behavior, Oxford

University Press
Evaluation Pattern
CIA I A CIA I B CIA II CIA III A CIA III B ESE Attendance Total
7.5% 7.5% 25% 7.5% 7.5% 40% 5% 100%
(15 (15 (50 (15 (15 (100 (5 marks)

marks) marks) marks) marks) marks) marks)
BBA134 - BUSINESS MATHEMATICS (2019 Batch)

Course description: This course aims at aiding the students in reaching a level of increased competence in
business mathematics and expands understanding of the importance of mathematical concepts in business
applications. Emphasis is placed upon learning mathematical concepts by examining some basic business problems.
Course Objectives: This course will help learner to gain a familiarity with
COBJ1. Mathematical ways to deal with problems related to commerce
COBJ2. Apply matrix algebra, linear programming, differentiation and their applications in business and economics
Learning Outcome
By the end of the course the learner will be able to:
CO1. interpret concepts of Matrices and Determinants and apply in the applications of business.
CO2. solve problems on simple interest, compound interest, annuities, sinking funds, etc.,
CO3. make use of concept of ratios to calculate continued ratio, divide a quantity in a given ratio, illustrate
proportion, describe direct, inverse and compound proportion and to solve common business problems.
CO4. formulate a linear programming problem and solve it graphically; solve problems based on transportation and
assignment of jobs.
CO5. inspect concepts of limits and differentiation and apply them to solve problems in business.
https://christuniversity.in/school-of-business-and-management/businessmanagement/bachelor-of-business-administration-(bba)/syllabus/23/2… 10/181
MATRICES AND DETERMINANTS
Matrices and Determinants - addition of matrices – Multiplication of Matrices by a scalar – some special types of matrices –
Multiplication of two matrices – Properties of Matrix Multiplication – determinants – Minors and co-factors – properties of
determinants (statement only ) – product of two determinants – inverse of Matrix (Simple Problems only)
Applications of Matrices and Determinants – Matrix representation of data – Addition of matrices – Scalar multiple of a
matrix – Applications – Multiplications of matrices – Applications – System of linear equations – Matrix inverse method –
Cramer’s Rule – Leontief’s input and output model.
COMMERCIAL ARITHMETIC
Simple interest – Compound interest – Equivalent rate – Depreciation – Present value – Annuity – Sinking Fund.
LINEAR PROGRAMMING
Definition – Linear Programming Problem – Formulation – Solution by Graphical method – simplex method –
minimization and maximization problems.
TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEMS
Nature and scope of transportation and allocation models, different methods for finding initial solution - N-W
Corner Rule, Least Cost Method and VAM. Unbalanced TP, Test for optimality – MODI method, AP a variant of
Transportation model, Hungarian method, Restricted Assignment problems.
CALCULUS
Limits – Differentiation – Methods of differentiation – Second order derivative – Maxima and Minima –
Application to commerce and Economics – Revenue Function – Cost function – profit function – Elasticity of
demand – Breakeven point.
1. D.C. Sancheti and V.K.Kapoor, Business Mathematics, 11th ed., Sultan Chand and Sons, 2012.
2. U.K. Srivatsava, G.V.Shenoy and S.C.Sharma, Quantitative Techniques for Managerial Decisions, 3rd ed.,
New Age International Publishers, 2012.
1. E. Don and J. J. Lerner, Schaum’s outlines of Basic Business Mathematics, 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. J D Gupta, P K Gupta and M. Mohan, Mathematics for Business and Economics, Tata Mc Graw Hill
Publishing Company Limited, 1987.
3. A.H. Mouhammed, Quantitative methods for Business and Economics, 3rd ed., Routledge, 2015.
4. D. R. Anderson, D. J. Sweeney, T. A. Williams, J. D. Camm, J. J. Cochran, M. J. Fry and J. W. Ohlmann,
Quantitative Methods for Business, 12th ed., South-Western Cengage Learning, 2013.
Evaluation Pattern
Component Mode of Assessment Parameters Points

CIA I MCQ, Mastery of the core concepts 15
Written Assignment, Problem solving skills
Reference work, etc.,
CIA II Mid-semester Examination Basic, conceptual and analytical 25
knowledge of the subject
CIA III Written Assignment, Project Problem solving skills 15
Attendance Attendance Regularity and Punctuality 05
ESE Basic, conceptual and analytical 40
knowledge of the subject
Total 100
BBA161A - BASIC PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESSES (2019 Batch)

To introduce and initiate the student into the world of Psychology with a brief historical sketch of the science of
psychology and a glimpse into the methods used in the study of human behaviour.
Learning Outcome
At the end of this course students will be able:
To apply the principles of psychology in day-to-day life for a better understanding of themselves and others.

Introduction
Definition and goals of Psychology, Role of a psychologist in society, Modern perspectives-Biological,
Psychodynamic, Behaviouristic, Gestalt, Cognitive, Cross cultural, Humanistic and Evolutionary perspective.
Methods: Experimental, Observation, Survey Method, Archival method, Interview and case study.
Sensory and Perceptual processes
Sensation: Basic concepts. Sensory adaptation-advantages and disadvantages, Integration of senses. Perception:
Understanding perception, Gestalt laws of organization, Correlates of perception-awareness, set, motives, needs,
learning and attention. Illusion, Subliminal perception, Extrasensory perception (Telepathy, Clairvoyance,
Precognition, Forecasting dreams and memories of the past birth)
Memory and Forgetting
Basic processes- Encoding, Storage, Retrieval. Sensory storage -Iconic memory and Echoic memory. STM-Working
memory, Serial position curve, Rehearsal, Chunking; LTM-Units of
memory-Declarative, Procedural, Semantic, Episodic memory. Associative models-Explicit and Implicit memory,
Retrieval cues, State dependent and Context dependent memory, Tip of the tongue phenomena, Flash bulb
memory. Forgetting- Decay, Interference, Amnesia Retrieval problems, Motivated forgetting.
Personality
Definition, Approaches – Psychodynamic, Humanistic, Dispositional (Type and Trait) and Social-Cognitive
approach, Assessment of Personality – Questionnaire, Rating Scales and Projective tests – Characteristics,
Advantages and disadvantages. Body language

Cognitive Processes
Cognition-definition. Attention: definition, Characteristics, Selective attention, Divided
attention. Thinking- Process of thinking, Image and thinking, Language and thought. Types
of Thinking- Concept formation, Reasoning, Problem solving, Decision Making, Creative
thinking, Meditation: Meaning, Short term and long-term effects of meditation

1. Baron, R.A. Psychology.(1995). 3rd edition. Delhi: Prentice Hall.

2. Munn, N.L., Fernald, L.D., & Fernald, P.S.( 1997 ) Introduction to Psychology. Delhi: Houghton Mifflin.
3. Munn, N.L., Fernald, L.D., & Fernald, P.S.( 1997 ) Introduction to Psychology. Delhi: Houghton Mifflin.
4. Smith, E.E., Hoeksman, S.N., Fredrickson, B., Loftus, G.R. (2003) .Atkinson’s & Hilgard’s Introduction to
Psychology. First Reprint. Delhi Thomson Wadsworth.
5. Weiten, W. (2010). Psychology: Themes and variations.4th edition. Delhi: Brooks/ Cole Publishing Co.

1. Feldman R.S (2011 ).Understanding Psychology, 10th edition. Delhi : Tata- McGraw Hill.
2. Morgan, C.T, King, R.A., Weisz, J.R., and Schopler, J. (2004). Introduction to Psychology, 7th ed, 24th reprint.
New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill.

Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern for Optional Electives
CIA – 1 (30 Marks) CIA – 2 (30 Marks) CIA – 3 (40

Marks)
Written Seminar/Debate/Extempore Case Study/Role Minor Exam Exam
Assignment Play/Class Project/Skill
Participation/GD Based
Activity/Case
(15 Marks) Study

(15 Marks) (15 Marks) (20 (20
(15 Marks) Marks) Marks)
BBA161B - THE DYNAMICS OF INDIAN SOCIETY (2019 Batch)

The subject is to give a comprehensive view on the Indian Society with reference to the important institutions like
family, caste system, tribes, and also to provide an overview of social issues. The syllabus is to add more
knowledge to the students of business management to have an overall view about the Indian Society.
Learning Outcome
The students are expected to get an overview about the important aspects of Indian society and some of the major
social problems.
Introduction to Indian Society
1. Understanding Indian society
2. Unity in Diversity
3. Pluralism – Language, religion and ethnicity

Family in Indian Society
1. Marriage and Kinship in India
2. Functions of Family
3. Types of Family
4. Changes in Indian Family System

Caste system in India
1. Concept, Origin & Structure
2. Characteristics of Caste System in India
3. Socio-cultural, economic dimensions of caste system in India: Jajmani system
4. Caste and Politics
5. Changes in Caste system in India : Caste Vs. Class

Tribes in India
1. Definitions, and features
2. Categorization
3. Problems faced by the tribes

Contemporary Social Issues in Indian Society
1. Demographic Transition – Aging, Declining Sex Ratio
2. Human Rights Issues – Violence against Women and Children
Communal Disharmony
1. Ahuja, R.2005. Indian Social System. Delhi: Rawat Publications

2. Shah, A.M. 1982. Essays on Family in India. New Delhi: Orient Longman.
3. Dube S C, 1995. Indian Society. New Delhi : NBT
1. Das, Veena Ed. 2003.The Oxforxd India Companion to Sociology and Social Anthropology, New Delhi:
Oxford University Press. (Selected Essays)
2. M.N.Srinivas (Ed.). 1997. Caste: Its Twentieth Century Avtar, Penguin Books India (P) Ltd.
3. Verma R.C. 1995. Indian Tribes through the Ages, Government of India Publication.
4. Uberoi, Patricia.2005. Family, Kinship and Marriage in India, OUP.

Evaluation Pattern
CIA – 1 (30 Marks) CIA – 2 (30 Marks) CIA – 3 (40 Marks)
Written Seminar/Debate/Extempore Case Study/Role Minor Exam/Quiz Exam
Activity/Case
(15 Marks) Study
(15 Marks) (15 Marks) (20 Marks) (20 Marks)
(15 Marks)
BBA161C - INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA PRODUCTION (2019 Batch)
To be able to know and develop content for various mediums like newspapers, radio,
television and new media.
Activity based teaching and learning. The final output and evaluation will be the newspaper, radio programme,
television programme and website.
Learning Outcome
To be well-versed with the etiquettes of media profession
Presentation techniques for business
Basic understanding and usage of different softwares for presentations in public especially in
a business sector.
● Word processor: (Word/ open office): Introduction to word processor, Page setup,
Page layout, Tools, Text and properties, Paragraph and properties, Table of Content,
Mail merge,
Practical: Prepare an assignment,
● Presentation: (Power Point): Introduction, Layout design, Tools and techniques, Rules
in presentation, Colour schemes for different situations, Integration of Tables,
Integration of images and its properties, Integration of Audio and its properties,
Integration of Video and its properties, Animations, Printing of handouts, Packaging of
Presentation
Practical: Preparation of Slides and presentation based on themes, Creation of slides
from Word processor, Packaging of Presentation
● Excel: Fundamentals of Excel, Data formatting and custom settings, Basic Calculations,
Conditional formatting, Creation of Tables, Creation of Graphs and Charts, Properties
of Graphs and Charts,
Practical: Presentation based on a topic that includes Data collection and analysis
● Awareness on other available powerful presentation softwares

Understanding Audio Media
Radio programmes- scripting the content, recording it and editing.
● Introduction to Radio Broadcasting, Principles of Script Writing, Types of programmes:

Production, Talks, Interviews, Discussions, Drama, Features, News, Special Audience
Programmes, Sports
● Handling of simple equipments for recording sound, Usage and awareness of softwares
for audio editing, Techniques in audio editing.
Practical: Write script for - Talk show, TV News, News feature, Drama
Over view of Video Production
Television production- writing the script, shooting the programmes and editing it.
● Introduction to TV as a mass medium, Advantages And Disadvantages of Television,

Various Types of Television Programmes, Scripting for TV News, Order of news
presentation, sources of news gathering.
● Usage of simple equipments for video recording, Editing techniques

Practical: News production, Documentary making, Ad making
Content for New Media
Website designing- idea, content generation and editing and designing.
Open source learning and application based learning through individual and group exercises
Open source learning and application based learning through individual and group
exercises. Handouts will be provided to the students on the topics
Evaluation Pattern
Activity/Case
(15 Marks) Study
(15 Marks)
BBA161D - HUMAN RIGHTS LAW (2019 Batch)
· To understand the meaning, nature and scope of the concept of Human Rights and its relation to rule of law
and constitutional governance;
· To understand and appreciate the role of democratic process in the protection of human rights. To
understand and appreciate the historical trajectories of the idea of Human Rights; and,
To understand and appreciate the "dimensions of human rights" like individual and group rights and also
the interface among the social, economic, cultural and civil and political rights.
Learning Outcome
To inculcate the basic human rights awareness among management students.
Introduction
Concept of human right
Historical background
Meaning of human rights
Indian Constitution and Human Rights
Protection of Human Rights Act – objectives and framework
National Human Rights commission
State Human Rights Commission
Human Rights Courts

Human rights and community
Human rights and democracy
Environmental degradation
Education
Freedom of speech and expression
Religion
Marriage
Reservation SC/ST
Human rights and crime
Crime against women and children
Juvenile reformatory institutions
Terrorized areas
Communal riots
Role of criminal courts

Human Rights and State
Right to Bail
Role of Police
PIL
Prisoners
Writ jurisdiction
Pre-censorship
Judiciary
Labour and Health
Child labour
Bonded labour
Access to medicine
Right of hawkers
Freedom of movement
International conventions on Human Rights
Human rights committee
Universal Declaration of Human Rights
International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights
International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights
Convention against torture
Convention on elimination of all discrimination
Child Right Convention

1. Sircar, V. K. (2004). Protection of Human Rights in India (1st edi). Asia Law House.

2. Schutter, O.D. (2010). International Human Rights Law, Cases, Materials, Commentary (1st edi). Cambridge
University Press
3. Subramanian, S. ( 1997). Human Rights: International Challenges. 2, Manas Publications
4. Symonides, J. (2000). Human Rights – Concept & Standards. Ashgate
5. Patel, B.N. (2007). Comprehensive Guide of Law of Human Rights in Common Wealth Countries (1st edi).
6. Naikar,L.D.(2003). The Law Relating to Human Rights: Global, Regional, and National. Puliani and Puliani
7. Agarwal, H.O. (2011). International Law & Human Rights (18th edi).
1. Awasthi, S.K., & Kataria, R.P. (2006). Law relating to Protection of Human Rights (2nd edi). Orient
Publishing Company
Evaluation Pattern
Activity/Case
(15 Marks) Study
(15 Marks)
BBA161E - GRAPHIC DESIGNING (2019 Batch)
A strong presence on the internet is the key success factor for all businesses today. The webpage of a company is usually the
first touch point in the consumer experience. Designing and maintaining an attractive and user friendly page is of paramount
importance. This course provides a platform to learn the basic principles of graphic designing.
Course Objective:
To enable students with practical knowledge and experience of Digital Designing for both Print and Web
To equip students to design an attractive and user friendly page.
Learning Outcome
Students will be able to design appropriate graphics for different purposes.
Students will be able to launch web pages that are attractive and user friendly.

Basic Concepts
Basic Concepts of Designing , Design principles , Basics of design elements , Typography , Color theory ,
Introduction to Graphics ,Raster Graphics , Vector Graphics , Bitmap and Vector Images
Introduction to Photoshop
Introduction to Tools , Environment , layout of Photoshop , Design layout setup , color, resolution setting, using
basic marquee, selection tools Usage of lasso tools , Using brushes , using and filling colors, layers Using text tool ,
free transform tool.
Image size, Selection , Grid and Guides
Modifying Image Size , Resolution , Marquee, Lasso , Magic Wand , Selection Tools, Selecting, Saving , Crop tool ,
Coping Selection And Image, Grid and Guide Options.
Masks , Channel , Painting and editing
Working with quick masks ,Painting ( Brush, and its effects ), Blending Modes, Color palettes ,Editing(
Background , Color, Touchup , Cleanup), Gradient tools , layer blending modes, all types of text tools , shape tools
Exercise : Designing Magazine cover , Poster , Brochure
Layers
The layer Palette, Changing and controlling layer order, Editing layers, Adjustment layers, Layer Effects Filters ,
Actions , Automation ,Extract , Filter Gallery , Liquefy , Pattern making , Vanishing point , Built in Bitmap Filters ,
3rd party Plug-ins, Using predefined Actions, Creating and Recording Actions. Using built in automation .
Learning Filter effects , managing the files with layers and layer effects , plugins Manipulation tools , Image
control options , HUE , Levels , brightness control Using images , modifying , changing color Exercise : Converting
black and white photo to color , designing a photo album
Animation & Panoramic Picture creation
Creating product Packaging designs , CD cover , Book and magazine front cover , Envelope , Visiting card , Color
correction and color channel management , Design automation theory and Practical’s Samples and demos ,
guidelines for freelance work , website links , resource sharing
Preparing Image For Print and Web
Calculating Image size and Resolution , Changing Image Dimensions, Layout Preview, Color Separation ,
Optimizing Images for Web, File Formats. Creating WebPages , web photo galleries
LAB
Exercise 1: Design a Business card and Letter head for a given company
Exercise 2: Design a Poster for an event
Exercise 3: Design a Brochure for a new product
Exercise 4: Design a CD Label / cover for Music company
Exercise 5: Create a Packaging product for a given product
Exercise 6: Design a web page for Restaurant
Exercise 7: Create a Photo album
Exercise 8: convert Black and white photo to color

Mike Wooldridge (2010). Teach Yourself Visually Adobe Photoshop CS 5, Wiley Publishing.
Lesa Snider (2010). Photoshop the missing Manual, O’Reilly Media, Inc,

Adobe system incorporation, Adobe Photoshop – Classroom in a Book, Adobe Press, 2013
Evaluation Pattern
Activity/Case
(15 Marks) Study
(15 Marks)
BBA161F - ECLECTIC THOUGHTS (2019 Batch)
Course Description
Eclectic Thoughts is one among the six generic electives offered to the first year students of the BBA Programme.
The paper is designed with the intention of introducing the students to literature and its influence on their past,
present and future life spaces. The modules are designed to cover a wide array of topics ranging from history,
politics, social issues, current affairs and so on, with India as the most frequent focal point (across the modules).
Consequently, the paper helps the student widen their perspective and formulate an eclectic approach to
understanding the nuances of being in India in the 21st century. (Another elective will be offered in the even
semester that would focus on a more global perspective).
Pedagogy
The pedagogy will include an eclectic methodology to introduce the texts. Other than the more conventional texts
(such as short stories, essays, poetry), the student would be introduced to cinema, songs and the emerging field of
graphic books as texts, while also looking at these texts as a means to study history. Most of the classes would be
discussion-based and the students would be encouraged to share their viewpoints and substantiate them in their
writing and thereby improve their (essay) writing skills.
Course Objectives
· to introduce the students to India (before and after Independence) and Nationalism
· to appreciate the literary value of texts around them (thereby redefining what a text could be)
· to develop language skills (especially writing)
· to be aware of the social issues such as discrimination (caste/class/gender/ linguistic/race/religious/etc.) India

faces today
· to be aware of the global threats such as terrorism and war that influences the Indian society as well
· to help them redefine and/or question conventional ideas with regard to the topics being discussed
Learning Outcome
Course Pre-requisites
The students should possess a basic knowledge of the English language and a rudimentary understanding/exposure
of the Indian society and culture.
Learning Outcome
· The student will be made aware of the importance of opinions and how it affects a democracy
· The ability to appreciate cultural/religious diversity in a secular state and its importance in a global world
· The ability to organize ideas and frame sentences in an essay (long and short)
· The ability to perceive the world through more than one frame of reference (and the importance of the ‘other
story’)
Introduction
The students will be introduced to the course and the need to be aware of the topics being covered.
The Partition
· Excerpts from Urvashi Bhutalia’s “The Other Side of Silence”
· Manto’s “Khol Do”

The Nationalistic Struggle And A New India
· Excerpts from “The Mahatma and the Poet”
Movie Screening “Awara” (1951)

War, Women & Children
· Excerpts from Marjane Satrapi’s “Persepolis” (Graphic Text)
· Movie Screening of the adaption of “Persepolis” (OR)
Movie Screening “Mr. Pip”

Terrorism
· Documentary Screening “Killing Fields of Lanka”
Movie Screening “Phoolan Devi”

Social Discrimination (Indian caste system and the Hijra
community)
· Ambedkar’s “Waiting for a Visa”
· Excerpts from Bama’s “Karukku”
· Mahashweta Devi’s “Bayen”
Movie Screening “Ardhanaari” (2012)

· Excerpts from Urvashi Bhutalia’s “The Other Side of Silence”
· Manto’s “Khol Do”
· Excerpts from “The Mahatma and the Poet”
Movie Screening “Awara” (1951)
· Excerpts from Marjane Satrapi’s “Persepolis” (Graphic Text)
· Movie Screening of the adaption of “Persepolis” (OR)
Movie Screening “Mr. Pip” (2012)
· Documentary Screening “Killing Fields of Lanka”
Movie Screening “Phoolan Devi”


Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1: Write a short essay on any text (movie/written/song,etc) that changed their perspective on a social/political
issue and helped them become more aware of that particular subject in not more than 700 words. The essay should
explain how the movie changed their perspective (and not merely a summary) and would therefore take into
consideration their personal account on the matter.
CIA 2 (Mid Semester exam): 2 sets of question papers would be sent to the programme coordinator based on the
first two modules.
CIA 3: A group presentation on any of the topics discussed in modules 3 and 4. The students are free to use audio-
visual texts within the time limit of 20 minutes.
ESE: 2 sets of question papers would be sent to the programme coordinator based on all the modules.
BBA161G - RESTAURANT OPERATIONS (2019 Batch)
No of Lecture
Hours/Week:4
To enable the students to have good insight and understanding in hotel- and restaurant operation and
management.
Gain knowledge in how sales affect the hotel and restaurant business. Knowledge and understanding of the
relationship between customer satisfaction and customer’s loyalty and how this influence managing the
hotel and restaurant business
Learning Outcome
At the end of the course the students will have a fair idea of what goes into planning a restaurant or a café.
The course will have discussions on the brief operations of other catering establishments also. Menu
planning, types of catering establishments, licences, concept, design, kitchen layout and equipment are some
of the areas that will be covered.

Introduction to catering operations
Introduction to catering operations
Types of catering establishments an overview
Ø The restaurant business
Ø Understanding your clientele and customer loyalty
Ø Parts of the restaurant (kitchen, dining area, stores)
Ø Restaurant planning (layout, work flow)
Ø Kitchen design & requirements

Planning
CrCrockery, Cutlery and Glassware
Menu Planning
Equipment planning
Facility Management & Costing
DDesign, light and colour
Ø Licences (Restaurant & Bar)
Ø Calculating food cost
Ø Vendor management & Purchases
Ø Dry Store & Wet store
Ø Beverages
Other Related Areas
Handling social media and PR
Ø Staffing & selection
Ø Reports, Log book and general administration
Ø Restaurant visit (Themed Lunch)
1
1
Evaluation Pattern
Activity/Case
(15 Marks) Study
(15 Marks) (15 Marks) (20 Marks) (20

(15 Marks) Marks)
BECH131N - PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS (2019 Batch)

This course is designed to expose the students to the basic principles of microeconomic theory. The emphasis
will be on thinking like an economist and the course will illustrate how microeconomic concepts can be applied
to analyze real-life situations.
This course aims to
Understand that economics is about the allocation of scarce resources and how that results in trade-offs.
Understand the role of prices in allocating scarce resources in market economies and explain the
consequences of government policies in the form of price controls.
Appreciate positive as well as normative view points on concepts of market failure and the need for
government intervention.
Learning Outcome
The students will acquainted with the basic principles of microeconomic theory.
They will be able to think like economists.
Exploring the subject matter of Economics
Why study economics? Scope and method of economics; the economic problem: scarcity and choice; the question
of what to produce, how to produce and how to distribute output; science of economics; the basic competitive
model; prices, property rights and profits; incentives and information; rationing; opportunity sets; economic
systems; reading and working with graphs.
Supply and Demand: How Markets Work, Markets and Welfare
Markets and competition; determinants of individual demand/supply; demand/supply schedule and demand/supply
curve; market versus individual demand/supply; shifts in the demand/supply curve, demand and supply together;
how prices allocate resources; elasticity and its application; controls on prices; taxes and the costs of taxation;
consumer surplus; producer surplus and the efficiency of the markets.
The Households
The consumption decision - budget constraint, consumption and income/price changes, demand for all other goods
and price changes; description of preferences (representing preferences with indifference curves); properties of
indifference curves; consumer‘s optimum choice; income and substitution effects; labour supply and savings
decision - choice between leisure and consumption.
The Firm and Perfect Market Structure
Behaviour of profit maximizing firms and the production process; short run costs and output decisions; costs and
output in the long run.

Imperfect Market Structure
Monopoly and anti-trust policy; government policies towards competition; imperfect competition.
Input Markets
Labour and land markets - basic concepts (derived demand, productivity of an input, marginal productivity of
labour, marginal revenue product); demand for labour; input demand curves; shifts in input demand curves;
competitive labour markets; and labour markets and public policy; New Frontiers in Microeconomics.
Case, K.E., Fair, R.C., &Oster, S.M. (2013).Principles of Microeconomics (11th ed.). Pearson Education Inc.
Mankiw, N. G. (2017). Principles of Microeconomics (8th ed.). Cengage Learning.
Stiglitz, J. E., & Walsh, C. E. (2006). Principles of Microeconomics (4th ed.). W.W. Norton & Company, Inc., New
York, International Student Edition.
Lipsey, R. G., & Chrystal, K. A. (1999). Principles of Economics (9th ed.). Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Mankiw, N. G. (2011). Economics: Principles and Applications (10th ed.). Cengage Learning.
Pindyck, R. S., & Rubinfeld, D. L. (2013). Micro Economics (8th ed.). Pearson Education, USA.
Ramsfield, E. (1997). Micro Economics (9th ed.). W. W. Norton and company, New York.
Ray, N.C. (1975). An Introduction to Microeconomics. Macmillan Company of India Ltd., New Delhi.
Salvatore, D. (2011). Managerial Economics in a Global Economy (7th ed.). Oxford University Press.
Samuelson, P. A., & Nordhaus, W.D. (2010). Economics (19th ed.). McGraw-Hill Companies.
Evaluation Pattern
Evaluation Pattern CIA1 MSE* CIA2 ESE** Attendance
Weightage 20 25 20 30 05
*MSE – Mid Semester Exam **ESE – End Semester Exam
Question Paper Pattern: MSE and ESE (Max. Marks = 50)

Section A Section B Section C
5 x 2 = 10 Marks 6 x 5 = 30 Marks 1 x 10 = 10 Marks
BECH132N - MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS - I (2019 Batch)
This is the first of a compulsory two-course sequence. The objective of this sequence is to transmit the body of
basic mathematics that enables the study of economic theory at the undergraduate level, specifically the courses on
microeconomic theory, macroeconomic theory, statistics and econometrics set out in this syllabus. In this course,
particular economic models are not the ends, but the means for illustrating the method of applying mathematical
techniques to economic theory in general. The level of sophistication at which the material is to be taught is
indicated by the contents of the prescribed textbook.
This course aims
To introduce the students to the basic concepts, procedures and techniques of mathematical economics
To enable the students to apply mathematical techniques to economic theory in general.
To create analytical ability among students by using Mathematical techniques and decision making ability.
Learning Outcome
The students will be able to apply mathematical techniques and models for the deeper understanding of economics,
especially the branches of microeconomics, macroeconomics and econometrics.
Preliminaries
Elements of logic and proof; Sets and Set operations; Relations; Equations: Linear and Quadratic; Simultaneous
Equations; Functions: quadratic, polynomial, exponential, logarithmic; Graphs, Slopes and Intercept; Economic
Application of Graphs and Equations: Iso-cost Lines, Supply and Demand Analysis, Income determination models.
Differential Calculus: Single Independent Variable Functions
Limits; Continuity; Curvilinear Functions; the Derivative; Rules of Differentiation; Higher-order Derivatives;
Optimisation; Uses of the Derivatives in Economics: Increasing and Decreasing Functions, Concavity and
Convexity, Inflection points, Optimisation of Economic Functions, Relationship among Total, Marginal and
Average Concepts.
Differential Calculus: Multi-variable Functions
Multivariable Functions and Partial Derivatives; Rules of Partial Differentiation; Second and Higher-order
differentials; Optimisation; Constrained optimisation with Lagrange Multipliers; Implicit functions; Application of
Partial Derivatives in Economics: Utility Maximisation, Marginal Productivity, Elasticity, Producers Equilibrium,
Optimisation of Cobb Douglas and CES Production Function.
Differential Calculus: Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
Exponential and Logarithmic Functions; Solving Natural Exponential and Logarithmic Functions; Logarithmic
transformation of Nonlinear Functions; Rules of Differentiation; Higher-order Derivatives, Partial Derivatives;
Optimisation of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions; Logarithmic differentiation; Application in Economics:
Elasticity, Alternative measures of growth, Optimal Timing, Derivation of Cobb Douglas Production Function.
Chiang, A.C. & Wainwright, K. (2013). Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics. (4th ed.). McGraw
Hill Education (India) Private Limited.
Sydsaeter, K. & Hammond, P. (2016). Mathematics for Economic Analysis. New Delhi: Pearson Education Inc.
Bradley, T. (2013). Essential Mathematics for Economics and Business. London: John Wiley & Sons.
Dowling, E. T. (2012). Schaum’s Outlines-Introduction to Mathematical Economics. (3rd ed.). New York: McGraw
Hill.
Renshaw, G. (2011). Maths for Economics. (4th ed.). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Roser, M. (2003). Basic Mathematics for Economists. (2nd ed.). New York: Routledge.
Evaluation Pattern
EvaluationPattern CIA1 MSE* (CIA2) CIA3 ESE** Attendance
Weightage 20 25 20 30 05
* Mid Semester Exam ** End Semester Exam
BECH133N - ECONOMIC HISTORY OF INDIA FROM 1750 TO 1947 (2019
Batch)

This course traces the evolution of the modern Indian Economy. It places the phenomenon of India’s economic
development within the compulsions of colonial rule. Therefore, it serves as a background course for the study of
Indian Economic issues and the Political Economy of India.
Course objectives is to train students to:
Understand the importance of contextualizing the discipline in historical terms.
Analyze the economic conditions of India, before and during the British rule and how it might have
contributed to changing the patterns of production and consumption in the region.
Emphasize the role of historical factors that led to the changing distribution of the gains and losses associated
with economic growth.
Learning Outcome
Students will be able to understand and examine the importance of studying Economic History to gain a
deeper understanding of the interplay between institutional change and economic growth.
Students will be able to analyse and argue how certain historical events from before and during the British
colonial rule in India may have given rise to the patterns of economic choices that followed in the long run.
Students will be able to examine and evaluate if the explanation for increasing economic inequality can be
found in the specific manner in which these forces of imperialism and globalisation acted in South Asia or if
the explanation lies in how other factors (geographical constraints or social institutions) interacted with these
forces.

Economic History: An Introductory Perspective
Globalisation and colonialism; Theories of Economic History; Market Formation, Institutions, Class, Political
Power and Resource Endowments; Colonial Narratives of India and beyond.
India in 1750
Empires; Economic Conditions: Property, Village Community, Industry and Foreign Trade; Institutional Changes in
Property Rights and its consequences; Patterns of Ownership, Tax, Tenancy and Land Markets.
Stability and Change in the Cities (1770-1810)
Ruling groups on the move; Religious and social organisation outside the village; Sects, towns and traders; Artisans,
traders and urban stability; Two case studies of adaptation – grain and salt; The re-orientation of trade routes and
merchant communities.
Agriculture
The Agricultural Production Function; Trends in output and income, Factor, Credit and Product Market; Effects of
Market Expansion and Stagnation.
Industry
Types and patterns of Industrialization; Conditions of Small Scale Industry; Textiles
and Handicrafts; Large Scale Industry; Pre-war to World War II; Two major
Industries; Cotton Textile and Jute; Industrial Organization: Structure, Labour and
Finance.
Infrastructure and Economic Management
Drivers of Infrastructure Investments; Irrigation; Railways; Roads and Inland Waterways; Post and Telegraph;
Education and Health Care; Fiscal and Monetary System.
Bayly, C. A. (2012). Rulers, Townsmen, and Bazaars: North Indian Society in the Age of British Expansion. Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
Roy, T. (2011). The Economic History of India. (3rd ed.).New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Bandyopadhyay, S. (2004). From Plassey to Partition: A History of Modern India. New Delhi: Orient Longman
Private Limited.
Habib, I. (2006). Indian Economy: 1858 – 1914. New Delhi: Tulika Books.
Stein, B. (1998). A History of India (2nd ed.). London: Wiley-Blackwell.
Tomlinson, B. R. (1993). The Economy of Modern India: 1860 – 1970. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Evaluation Pattern
Evaluation Pattern CIA1 MSE* (CIA2) CIA3 ESE** Attendance

Weightage 20 25 20 30 05

BENG121N - ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION I (2019 Batch)
English Language and Composition is an intensive program for two semesters for all the students of
the BA/BSc programmes (ENGH, EPH, ECOH, JOUH, PSYH, MEP) that introduces students to a
wide range of expository works in order to develop their knowledge of rhetoric and make them aware
of the power of language. The course is designed to meet the rigorous requirements of a graduate level
courses and therefore includes expository, analytical, personal, and argumentative texts from a variety
of authors and historical contexts. It would provide students with the opportunity to work with the
rhetorical situation, examining the authors’ purposes as well as the audiences and the subjects in texts.
The purpose of the course is to enable students to read analytically, formulate arguments based on the
readings, and respond by composing articulate essays that utilise advanced elements of sentence
structure, syntax, style, purpose, and tone. Thus, by the use of rhetorical principles, students will learn
how to become critical thinkers, and apply that knowledge to their writing by revising and improving
their essays, as well as critiquing and editing peer essays. In addition, students will be required to
thoroughly research relevant topics, synthesise information from a variety of sources, and document
their knowledge in a cogent well written report. Also, as the course is designed to engage students with
rhetoric in multiple mediums, including visual media such as photographs, films, advertisements,
comic strips, music videos, and TED talks; students would develop a sense to comprehend how
resource of language operates in any given text.
While the first semester focusses on understanding principles of rhetoric through multiple texts, the
second semester is more thematic in nature familiarising students with texts from multiple disciplines,
especially in the context of India. The skills acquired in the first semester would help students to
critically engage with rhetoric within the context of contemporary India and critically respond to the
same.
As part of the course students are expected to maintain a writing journal to monitor their progress in
writing.
Course Objectives
• To critically engage with a variety of text on multiple themes from different disciplines.
• Familiarise students with different kinds of rhetoric produced in Indian context.
• Apply the Rhetoric techniques learned in the first semester while engage with thematic texts.
• Demonstrate understanding and mastery of English Language as well as stylistic maturity in their
own writings
• Engage in critical writing on variety of socio-political issues.

• To enable students to be aware of the politics behind knowledge production.
• Write on multiple themes for various purpose

Learning Outcome
• Analyse and interpret samples of good writing by identifying and explaining an author’s use of
rhetorical strategies and techniques
• Analyze both visual and written texts.
• Apply effective strategies and techniques in their own writing
• Create and sustain arguments based on reading, research, and/or personal experience;
own writings
• Produce expository, analytical, and argumentative compositions that introduce a complex central
idea and develop it with appropriate evidence drawn from primary and/or secondary source
material, cogent explanations, and clear transitions;
• Move effectively through the stages of the writing process with careful attention to inquiry and
research, drafting, revising, editing, and review;
• Write thoughtfully about their own process of composition
• Revise a work to make it suitable for a different audience
• Communicate effectively in different media by developing their LSRW skills.
Language of Composition
The unit will focus on understanding Rhetoric and Various Rhetoric situation. The aim is to assert the
idea that rhetoric is always contextual and there is a link between the speaker, audience and what the
content of the text is. This will enable students to understand the significance of context while
analysing and composing a text.
1. Introduction to Rhetoric and Rhetoric Situation.
Lou Gehrig’s Farewell Speech https://www.lougehrig.com/farewell/
2. SOAP Analysis: Through the analysis of the text the aim to look at the mode in which various
factors like subject, occasion, audience and purpose impacts rhetoric.
Letter to Einstein and Reply. http://www.lettersofnote.com/2012/05/dear-einstein-do-scientists-

pray.html
George W. Bush 9/11

speech http://www.americanrhetoric.com/speeches/gwbush911addresstothenation.htm
Tryst with Destiny by Jawaharlal Nehru
http://www.americanrhetoric.com/speeches/jawaharlalnehrutrystwithdestiny.htm
3. Ethos, Pathos and Logos: Understanding Aristotle’s concept of Ethos, Pathos and Logos is
significant in understanding an effective rhetoric. By looking at some of the famous rhetorical
works the aim is to understand how the writer’s/ orators of some of the famous rhetorical pieces
have used these elements to persuade the reader/ audience.
Ethos
a)King George VI King’s Speech (Can play part of the

movie)https://www.awesomestories.com/asset/view/George-VI-King-s-Speech-September-3-
1939
b) The Myth of Latin Women: I Just met a Girl Named

Maria https://www.quia.com/files/quia/users/amccann10/Myth_of_a_Latin_Woman
c) Quit India Speech by Gandhi
Logos
a)SlowFood Nation by Alice Watershttps://www.thenation.com/article/slow-food-nation/
b) My Vision For India by Abdul Kalam.
Pathos
a) Richard Nixon, from The Checkers Speech http://watergate.info/1952/09/23/nixon-checkers-

speech.html
Dwight D. Eisenhower, Order of the Day
b) https://www.whatsoproudlywehail.org/curriculum/the-american-calendar/order-of-the-day-6-
june-1944
c) Bal Gangadhar Tilak http://speakola.com/political/bal-gangadhar-tilak-freedom-is-my-

birthright-1917
Combining Ethos, Logos, and Pathos
a) Toni Morrison, Dear Senator Obama http://observer.com/2008/01/toni-morrisons-letter-to-

barack-obama/
b) Crisis of Civilization by Rabindranath Tagore

Reading Written Texts
Focus of the unit would be to introduce multiple ways of analysis, close reading, and usage of
argumentative statements and diction.
1. Queen Elizabeth, Speech to the Troops at Tilburyhttp://www.luminarium.org/renlit/tilbury.htm
2. Winston Churchill, Blood, Toil, Tears, and

Sweat. https://www.winstonchurchill.org/resources/speeches/1940-the-finest-hour/blood-toil-
tears-and-sweat-2/
3. Ralph Ellison, from On Bird, Bird-Watching and Jazz http://www.unz.org/Pub/SaturdayRev-

1962jul28-00047
4. Joan Didion, The Santa Ana

Winds https://tywls12ela.wikispaces.com/file/view/Didion+Los+Angeles+Notebook.pdf
5. Virginia Woolf, The Death of the Moth
6. Groucho Marx, Dear Warner

Brotherhttps://archive.org/details/Groucho_Marx_Letter_to_Warner_Brothers
7. Christopher Morley, On Lazinesshttp://essays.quotidiana.org/morley/laziness/

Reading Visual Texts
The unit will focus on how to read visual text and the impact it has on audience.
1. ACLU, The Man on the Left(advertisement)
2. Tom Toles, Rosa

Parks (cartoon) http://thenexthurrah.typepad.com/the_next_hurrah/2005/10/rosa_parks.html
3. http://webneel.com/rk-lakshman-editorial-cartoons-indian-cartoonist (Political Cartoons) India
4. https://www.tatacliq.com/que/isro-launch-breaks-record-memes/ ISRO Launch (Times)
5. Analysing Advertisements ( Fair and Lovely,…) , gender stereotypes in ads.

Determining Effective and Ineffective Rhetoric
The unit will engage with the questions on why few texts are effective rhetorical pieces as opposed to
others. A few texts will be analysed to look at different rhetorical situations, and how it is effective and
ineffective in persuading the audience/ reader.
1. Jane Austen, from Pride and Prejudice
2. PETA, Feeding Kids Meat Is Child Abuse (advertisement) 25
3. Anne Applebaum, If the Japanese Can’t Build a Safe Reactor,Who
Can? https://www.washingtonpost.com/opinions/if-the-japanese-cant-build-a-safe-reactor-who-
can/2011/03/14/ABCJvuV_story.html?utm_term=.8
4. Stop for Pedestrians (advertisement)
5. The Times, Man Takes First Steps on the Moon
6. William Safire, In Event of Moon Disaster http://mentalfloss.com/article/57908/event-moon-
disaster-white-house-speech-worst-case-scenario
7. Herblock, Transported (cartoon)
8. Ted Talk: Speak Like a Leader https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bGBamfWasNQ

From Reading to Writing
By carefully reading the viewpoints of others and considering a range of ideas on an issue, one
develops a clearer understanding of our own beliefs — a necessary foundation to writing effective
arguments. The unit will focus on analysing elements of argument as a means of critical thinking and
an essential step toward crafting argumentative essays. The unit will focus on making an argument and
supporting it by synthesising multiple sources.
1. Understanding Argument https://csalexander03.wordpress.com/2012/12/04/why-investing-in-fast-

food-may-be-a-good-thing-by-amy-domini/
2. http://www.nytimes.com/2004/07/11/opinion/felons-and-the-right-to-vote.html
3. Using Visual text for Argument
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mjjV_X5re4g
4. Using sources to inform an Argument

5. Using Sources to Appeal to Audience.
The course is based on the work Language of Composition: Reading, Writing and Rhetoric by Renee
H. Shea, Lawrence Sanclon and Robin Dissin Aufses.
Compilation
Evaluation Pattern
CIA - Evaluation Pattern
Individual Assignment Group Assessment Mid Semester

20 20 25
Mid Semester Examination
Section A Section B Section C Total

2X10=20 1X15=15 1X15=15 50
End Semester Examination

2X10=20 1X15=15 1X15=15 50
FRN121 - FRENCH (2019 Batch)

French as second language for the UG program
Learning Outcome
Enhancement of linguistic competencies and sharpening of written and oral communicative skills.
Dossier 0- Discovery
1. First and Last Names of French Families
2. Few French and International personalities

Dossier 1 - The Ones, the others
1. Greetings- Usage of “tu” and “Vous”
2. Telephone Numbers in France
3. Some cultural / festive events in Paris- The Francophone
Dossier 2- Here, Elsewhere
1. Pontoise and Ile de France- The City
2. Annecy- Youth hostel and accommodation
3. The wording of address in France- postal codes and departments

Dossier 3 Tell me who you are
1. The French and sports- The Reality shows
2. New ways of meeting- The Differences men/ women
3. Surnames of married women/ children- Announcements and family functions

Dossier 4 Each person at his own pace
1. Rhythm of Life and Rhythm of the city- Internet and media in daily life
2. The Outings
3. Family life and Household chores- Routine and change in rhythm
Tales
1. The tooth of the cat – Renaud FABBRI
2. The Princess and the pea- Odile THIEVENAZ
1. Berthet, Annie, Catherine Hugot et al. Alter Ego + A1. Paris : Hachette, 2012
2. Krishnan, Chitra. De Bouche à Oreille. New Delhi : Langers International Pvt Ltd., 2009
1. Thakker, Viral. Plaisir d’écrire. New Delhi : Langers International Pvt. Ltd., 2011
2. French websites like Bonjour de France, Fluent U French, Learn French Lab, Point du FLE etc.
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern CIA (Weight) ESE (Weight)
CIA 1 – Assignments / Letter writing / Film review 10%
CIA 2 –Mid Sem Exam 25%
CIA 3 – Quiz / Role Play / Theatre / Creative projects 10%
Attendance 05%
End Sem Exam 50%
Total 50% 50%
HIN122 - HINDI (2019 Batch)
The detailed text book 'Samakaleen Hindi Kavitha” is a collection of Modern Hindi poems of
leading writers of Hindi Poetry edited by Dr.N Mohanan.From the medieval poetry ' Kabir Ke Dohe
and Sur ke pad 'is also included.By teaching business correspondence emphasis is being given to
functional Hindi too. Hindusthani Music and TranslationPractice also have been included in this
semester.
Course Objectives:
to impart the knowledge of poetics

to acquire translation skills
to expose students to veriety of texts to interact with them
to help students develop a taste to appreciate works of literature through the organisation of
language
to help students understand the relationship between the world around them and the text
to improve their oral and written skills
to expose them to the world of music
Learning Outcome
Students will be exposed to the world of poetry and Music. Through translation, students can
understand different languages, literatures and cultures. Business correspondence helps the students to
understand the functional aspects of the language.
Hindustani Music
Gazal Ki Parampara and Pramukh kalakar
Kavya Sankalan - Samakaleen Hindi Kavitha. (An anthology of contemporary
Hindi poems), Kabir ke Dohe and Sur Ke Pad
‘Samakaleen Hindi Kavitha’ (Collection of Poems) Ed by Dr N Mohanan, Rajpal and son's, New Delhi
Level of knowledge: Analytical

Translation- practice
Translation-Practice English to Hindi and vise- versa
Level of knowledge:Basic
Patra Lekhan --Vyavasaik Patra Vyavhar (Business letters)
Vyavasaik Patra Vyavhar (Business letters)
1. Mulya Suchi
2. Adesh
3. Shikayathi
4. Bhugtan
Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Hindusthani Sangeeth-parampara evam pramukh kalakar
Utbhav,Vikas aur paramparaein
Pramukh Sangeethkar-1.Bhimsen Joshi 2.Gulam Ali 3.Pandit Ravishankar 4. Bismillah Khan.

1. Kavya Sankalan - ‘Samakaleen Hindi Kavitha’ (Collection of Poems)Ed. by Dr. N Mohanan.
1. Abhinav Patra-Vyavahar -Dr.Paramanand Gupta
2. Vanijya Hindi By A.R.Narti1.A Hand Book of Translation Studies By Das Bijay Kumar
3. Anuvad Evam Sanchar – Dr Pooranchand Tantan, Rajpal and Son’s, Kashmiri Gate, New Delhi –
110006
4. Anuvad Vignan By Bholanath Tiwari

Evaluation Pattern
CIA-1(Digital learning-Editing of Hindi article in Hindi Wikipedia)-20 marks
CIA-2(Mid semester examination)-50 marks
CIA-3(Digital learning-Creating article in Hindi Wikipedia )-20 marks
End sem examination-50 marks

KAN122 - KANNADA (2019 Batch)
No of Lecture
Hours/Week:3
Course Description
Select Old Kannada, Medieval Kannada and Modern Kannada Literatures are introduced for I
Semester B.Com-Regular /B.Com Hon./ B.Com F&A/ BBA & BBA-Hons.courses in the syllabus.
This will enrich the Language and Communication skills, Critical and analytical thinking of the
students. this will help them to enhance their social sensitivity.
Course Objectives
To expose learners to variety of texts to interact with them

To help learners develop a taste to appreciate works of Literature through the organization of
Language
To help learners understand the relationship between the world around them and the text
To help lerarners to improve their oral and written skills for their respective career goals
To help improve their communiction skills for larger academic purposes and vocational purposes
Learning Outcome
Develop an analytical and critical bent of mind to compare and analize the various literature they read and
discuss in class
Develop a more humane and service orented aproach to all forms of life around them
Ability to communicate effectively in speech and in writing
Ability to use better language to communicate effectively

Poetry -Old, Medivial and Modern Kannada Literature
1. Poetry (Old Kannada literature)
1 Pampa-Bharata Bahubali Prasamga
2. Janna- Chitramapatre Ramate Naari
3. Raghavanka- Purada Punyam Purusha Roopinde Pogutide
2. Vachanas & Keerthanas (Medieval Kannada Literature)

1. Devaradasimayya 2. Basavanna 3. Akkamahadevei
4. Allamaprabhu 5. Urilingapeddi 6. Purandara Dasa
7. Kanakadasa 8. Vadiraja
3. Modern Kannada Poetry
1. B.M.Shree- Kaarihrggadeya Magalu
2. Bendre- Hakki Haarutide Nodidira
3. Gopala Krishna Adiga- Neharu Nivruttaraguvudill
4. G.S Shivarudrappa – Mumbai Jaataka
5. T Yellappa- Avaru Mattu Naavu
6. Muktayakka- Mooru Mukhagalu

. Prose: Short Stories
1. Ramana Savaari Santege Hodaddu- K Sadashiva

2. Chappaligalu- Sara Abubakkar
3. Aeroplane mattu Chitte- K.P. Poornachandra Tejaswi
4. Gilikathe: Ravindranatha Tagore (Translated by S.G. Kulakarni)

Language Skills
1. A- H, L-l, N-n, Hrasva- Deerga, Ottakshara, Joining of words

2. Business Terms.
1. Adipurana- Pampa
2. Yashodhara Charite- Janna
3. Harishchandra Kavya- Raghavanka
4. Shree Sahitya- B M Shreekantaiah
1. Pampa Ondu Adhyayana- G S Shivarudrappa
2. Vachana Chandrike- L Basavaraju
3. Purandara Sahitya Darshana- S K Ramachandra Rao
Evaluation Pattern
CIA-1 Digital Learning - Wikipedia- 20 Marks
CIA-2 Mid Semsester Examination- 50 Marks
CIA-3 Digitization of Kannada Books - 20 Marks
End Semester Examination- 50 Marks
SAN122 - SANSKRIT (2019 Batch)

I semester of B.Com/B.B.A prescribed with the text Chanakya niti - Selected shlokas
strothra sahitya
Learning Outcome
Exposing the students to learn the morals and ethics of chanakya' work
Chanakya niti
Chanakya niti selected shlokas
Level of knowledge: Basic/conceptual/ Analytical

grammar
snadhi prakaranam and lakaras
Level of knowledge: Basic/conceptual/ Analytical.

language component
Translation of passage from sanskrit to english
Unseen passage to read and answer the questions given below

. Language component.
language component
Translation Sanskrit to English
Composition to write in Sanskrit
Comprehension in Sanskrit
Chanakya niti - Selected shlokas

1) Chanakya niti
2) Sanskrit Grammar Translation from English to Sanskrit by M.R. Kale.
3) Sanskrit Grammar kannada Version by Hegde.
Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1 Wikipedia assignments 20 marks
CIA 2 mid-semester examinations 50 marks
CIA 3 Wikipedia assignments 20 marks

TAM121 - TAMIL (2019 Batch)
Poems of Bharatiyar and Bharatidasan and poems by women poets with feminine
sensibilities will initiate the students into the modern period with all its complexities. The
short stories by Ambai offers a matured vision of life through a varied characters and
situatins. A new concept, Cultural Studies, will take the students beyond prescribed syllabus
to include music, theatre, painting and films out of whcih the art form of music is taken up
for the first semester.
Learning Outcome
To make the students experience the impact made by Bharathiyar and Bharathidasan during
the 20th century and to bring them to the realities of 21st century. They will also learn, on
their own, about the nuances of music and a unique aesthetic experience it offers
Modern Poetry
Poems of Bharathiyar, Bharathidasan and women poets
Practical Grammar
2 Grammar as reflected in the poems
Contemporary Cultural Issues
Prose including reference to contemporary literary issues
Language Skills
Language Skills: Piramozhichorkal
Malliga, R et al (ed).Thamilppathirattu I.Bangalore: Prasaranga,2011
‘Oru Karuppuchilanthiyudan Or Iravu’ by Ambai,
published by Kalachuvadu Publications, Nagercoil, 2014

Varadarajan, Mu. Thamil Ilakkia Varalaru . New Delhi:Sahitya Akademi, 2008
Sivathambi, Ka.Thamil Sirukathaiyin Thorramum Valarchiyum.Coimbatore: NCBH, 2009
Ragunathan,C.Bharathi: Kalamum Karuthum, Chennai:NCBH, 1971
Ramakrishnan S 100 Sirantha Sirukathaigal, Chennai: Discovery Books, 2013
Evaluation Pattern
With a total of 100 marks, 50 marks will come from Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA) and the
remaining 50 marks will come from end semester exanination. While the end semester examination
will be fully theory based the CIA will consist of Wikipedia entries, assignments, theatre production,
book review and other activities
AEN221 - ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (2019 Batch)
The second semester has a variety of writing from India, Pakistan and Srilanka. The various essays, short stories
and poems deal with various socio-economic, cultural and political issues that are relevant to modern day India and
the Indian sub-continent and will enable students to comprehend issues of identity-politics, caste, religion, class,
and gender. All of the selections either in the manner of their writing, the themes they deal with or the ideologies
that govern them are contemporary in relevance and sensibility, whether written by contemporary writers or earlier
writers. Excerpts from interviews, autobiographical writings, sports and city narratives are added to this section to
introduce students to the varied genres of literature.
The objectives of this course are
to expose students to the rich literary and cultural diversity of Indian literatures
to sensitise students on the social, political, historical and cultural ethos that has shaped the
nation- INDIA
to enable to grasp and appreciate the variety and abundance of Indian writing, of which this
compilation is just a passing glance
to learn and appreciate India through association of ideas in the texts and the external contexts
(BhashaUtsav will be an intrinsic help in this endeavour)
Learning Outcome
The students will become
more aware culturally, ethically, socially and politically as citizens
the course will sensitize students towards cultural, social, religious and ethnic diversities and help
them engage with their peers and all around them in a more understanding and ‘educated’ manner.
it will also enable them through the activities conducted to become more proactive
citizens/participants in society.
aware of the dynamics of gender, identity, communalism and politics of this vast nation through
its literature.

Poetry
1. Jayanta Mahapatra “Grandfather”
2. Meena Alexander “Rites of Sense”
3. K.Satchidanandan “Cactus”
4. Jean Arasanayagam “Nallur”

Short Stories
1. Temsula Ao “The Journey”
2. A. K Ramanujan “Annaya’s Anthropology”
3. Sundara Ramswamy “Waves”
4. Ashfaq Ahmed “Mohsin Mohalla”
5. T.S Pillai “In the Floods”

Essays
1. Salman Rushdie “Gandhi Now”
2. Amartya Sen “Sharing the World”
3. Suketu Mehta “Country of the No”
4. Rahul Bhattacharya “Pundits From Pakistan” (An Excerpt)
The textbook "Reading Diversity"

Online references for Comprehension Questions in the textbook

Evaluation Pattern
Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1: Classroom assignment/test for 20 marks keeping in tune with the course objectives and learning outcomes.
CIA 2: Mid-semester written exam for 50 marks
CIA 3: Collage, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes or any proactive creative assignments
that might help students engage with India as a cultural space. This is to be done keeping in tune with the course
objectives and learning outcomes.
Mid Semester Exam: 2 Hrs
Section A: 4x5= 20
Section B: 2x15=30
Total 50
End Semester Exam: 2 hrs
Section A: 5 x 5 = 25
Section B: 5 x 15= 75
Total 100
BBA211 - PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION SKILLS (2019 Batch)

This course prepares students for the challenges of a society that is shaped by communication. As participants in the program,
students develop and integrate knowledge, creativity, ethical practice, and skills. Students also examine and produce work in
oral, written, and visual communication and practice skills in group and intercultural communication.
Course Objectives
1. To test and evaluate principles important for effective oral and written communication.
2. To construct strategies to adopt and develop communication skills in various models of work
place.
3. To build skills relating to speaking, writing, and listening in order to maximize confidence and core
strengths.
4. To improve leadership skills and make use of opportunities for career growth.
Learning Outcome
1. Students are able to demonstrate their competence in oral, written, and visual communication.
2. Students are able to interpret and relate the current technology related to the communication field.
3. Students are able to value and effectively adapt to cultural differences.
4. Students are able to determine and elaborate on positive group communication exchanges.

Letter and E-mail Writing
Basic / Conceptual / Application Effective writing:
Meaning, objectives, Types of business letters, Layout of a business letter and styles of layout, Practice letter – Resume,
Practice letter-Enquiries and replies, Practice letter - Orders and Replies, Practice letter - Complaints, claim and Adjustment
Academic Writing
The Reading–Research–Continuum, Writing Continuum
This module will help you acquire critical reading skills so that you will develop as a self-critical writer. The module covers
issues related to reading discipline-specific literature, which is indispensable from developing professional expertise in writing
academic texts. The focus is on fundamental concepts of scientific writing, such as logical organization and argumentation.
Resume Writing
In this module, they will learn to how position your resume to a specific marketing purpose, how to align your resume with the
specific needs of the hiring organization, and how to ensure your resume ranks high on the relevancy scales used by top-notch
organizations today.
Public Speaking
Public speaking is the process of communicating information to an audience. It is usually done before a
large audience, like in school, the workplace and even in our personal lives. The benefits of knowing
how to communicate to an audience include sharpening critical thinking and verbal/non-verbal
communication skills.
Week 1: Understanding speech, Making ideas compelling and memorable, Illustrating and delivering
your ideas
Week 2: Overcoming your fear of public speaking and developing great delivery, Course conclusion and your final speech
Non Verbal Communication
Basic / Conceptual / Analytical Nonverbal communication –
Week 1:
Nature, types, Functions of bodylanguage, facial expression, Effective use of face to face telephonic
conversation, Recent trends in communication
Week 2:
E-mail , MMS, Video conferencing ,Understanding cultural effects on communication , Cultural sensitiveness andcultural
context; Inter-cultural factors in interactions; Adapting to global business
Active Listening & Effective Communication
The way to improve your listening skills is to practice "active listening." This is where you make a
conscious effort to hear not only the words that another person is saying but, more importantly, try to
understand the complete message being sent.
Active Listening:
· Pay Attention
· Show That You're Listening
· Provide Feedback
· Defer Judgment
· Respond Appropriately
Effective Communication:
· Stress and out-of-control emotion.
· Lack of focus.
· Inconsistent body language.
· Negative body language.
https://www.sanfoundry.com/best-reference-books-professional-communication-skills/
http://libguides.wwu.edu/comm_318
Evaluation Pattern
EVALUATION PATTERN
Participation Creativity of ideas Presentation Total marks
4 3 3 10 marks
BBA231 - CORPORATE ACCOUNTING (2019 Batch)
This course is introduced to familiarize the students with accounting practices in relation to various
business situations of Corporate business houses. The course also provides practical knowledge on
preparing annual financial statements of Corporate houses.
To impart knowledge about maintenance of Books of Accounts of Corporate business houses.

Familiarize the students with the various aspects of corporate merger and acquisition such as
valuation of good will and shares, Determination of consideration for merger and acquisitions
with reference to Accounting Standards
Familiarize the students with the internal financial arrangements to be implemented to recover the
companies undergoing loss for several years.
Learning Outcome
Ability to prepare Annual financial statements of corporate business houses
Proper Understanding about the Accounting procedures with reference to Corporate merger and
acquisitions
Practical knowledge about Internal Reconstruction of companies.

Share capital -Issue of Shares Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Meaning- Kinds of Shares and debentures, Recent developments in public issue of shares - Book building – process
of book building in detail-Fixed price methods – Basic Problems on issue of Shares
Valuation of Goodwill and Shares Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Features of goodwill- types of goodwill- Methods of valuing the goodwill – Arbitrary assessment,
capitalization method, Purchase of past average profits method, Super profit method.
Valuation of shares : Intrinsic value method, Yield method and Earning capacity method.(theory and
Basic problems)
Amalgamation, Absorption and External reconstruction Level of
Knowledge: Analytical
Amalgamation in the nature of Merger and purchase, Difference between Amalgamation and Absorption -
Calculation of purchase Consideration under Different methods, Settlement of Purchase Consideration – Practical
Problems on Amalgamation, Absorption and external restructuring. Closing the Books of Vendor company and
opening of books of purchasing company
Internal Reconstruction
Meaning, Forms of Reconstruction, Alteration of Capital and Capital Reduction - Internal
Reconstruction Vs External reconstruction, Practical Problems
Accounting Standards and IFRS Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
IFRS and Indian Accounting Standards
Insurance claims
Estimation of loss and submission of insurance claims.
Accounting for price level changes
Accounting for price level changes
Jain, S.P., &Narang, K.L. (2017). Advanced Accounting,Volume II Kalyani Publishers. New Delhi :
1. S Anil Kumar, V Rajesh Kumar and B Mariappa. (2014) Corporate Accounting. New Delhi:
Himalaya Publishing House.
2. Gupta, R.L., &Radhaswamy, M. (2013). Corporate Accounting. New Delhi:Sultan Chand and
Sons.
3. Shukla, M.C., Grewal, T.S., & Gupta, S.C. (2013). Advanced Accounts(revised edi) New
Delhi:Jain Book Agency.
4. Sehgal, A., & Sehgal, D. (2012). Advanced Accounting, 2, New Delhi: Taxmann.
5. Monga, J.R. (2013). Fundamentals of Corporate Accounting, New Delhi :K.L Malik and Sons
Pvt. Ltd,
6. Maheshwari, S.N., &Maheshwari, S.K.(2013). Corporate Accounting (5thedi).New Delhi: Jain

Book Agency.
7. Kaur, J. (nd). IFRS: A Practical approach. New Dehli:McGraw Hill.
Evaluation Pattern
Continuous Internal Assessment Criteria
CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
Marks – 10 Marks – Marks – 10 Marks – Marks – 10 Marks – 10 Marks – 10 Marks –
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
/ Role Play / Activities:
Case Case Class Article
Written Quiz /
Analysis/Case presentation Participation / Review /
Assignment Test
Simulation / Mini Quiz / Test Book
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
*Percentage of weight age
Mid Semester Question Paper
SECTION – A SECTION – B SECTION – C SECTION – D

5 x 2 = 10 (out of 7 3 x 5 = 15 (out of 5 1 x 10 = 10 (out of 2 15 Marks (Case Study-
questions) questions) questions) Compulsory Question)
End Semester Question Paper (theory Paper)

End Semester Question Paper (Problem Paper)

1.All other Semesters:
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks
Class participation = 10 marks

BBA232 - HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch)
No of Lecture
Hours/Week:4
This course provides an overview of all the aspects of human resource management about how
organizations interact with the environment, acquire, prepare, and develop their employees to meet the
competitive challenges. The course focuses on providing general understanding of all the HR functions
related to the employee life cycle management.
To understand the role and activities of human resource management function.

To explain the human resource management practices that can be adopted by organization in
competitive business environment.
To assess the application of appropriate HR intervention in conjunction with organization need
Learning Outcome
At the end of the course, student will learn:
To learn how different HR process and procedures are carried out in the organization.
To identify HR process that address organization requirements.
To apply HR concept in resolving issues faced by organization

Conceptual
Concept of HRM, Evolution of HRM, Role of Human Resource Manager, Functions of HRM, HR Structure and
Concept of Strategic HRM.
Human Resource Planning, Analytical
Concept & Importance of HRP; Different stages of HRPlanning Process; Action Plans in case of
shortage and surplus of workforce.
Job Analysis Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Concept of Job Analysis, Importance and Benefits of Job Analysis, Job Analysis Process, Job
Description, Job Specification and other Job related concepts- Job Enrichment, Job Enlargement, Job
Rotation, Flexi timing, Telecommuting and Ergonomics.
Recruitment Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Concept of Recruitment, Factors affecting Recruitments, Traditional and Modern sources of Recruitment; E-
Recruitment; Alternative to Recruitment
Selection& Placement Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Definition and Importance of Selection, Stages involved in Selection Process, Types of Selection Tests
and Types of Interviews. Meaning and Benefits of Induction, Content of an Induction Program.
Performance Appraisal Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Purpose of Performance Appraisal, Trait, Behavioral and Result Methods of Performance Appraisals,
Process of Performance Appraisal.
Training and Development Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Meaning and Importance of Training and Development Programs, Stages involved in Training Process, On-the Job
and Off-the-Job Training & Development Methods
Career Planning and Development Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Career Planning & Development, Stages in Career Planning, Internal and External Mobility of Employees
Conflict Management Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Meaning and Sources of Employee Grievance, Grievance Handling Systems, Meaning & Process of
Collective Bargaining, Indiscipline, Settlement Machinery of Industrial Conflicts.
Rao, S. (2014). Essentials of Human Resource Management & Industrial Management: Text & Cases.
New Delhi: Himalaya Publication.
Armstrong, M. (2010). Handook of HRM Practice. USA: Kogan Page.

Basak, S. P. (2012). Human Resource Management: Text & Cases. New Delhi: Pearson
Dessler, G. (2010). Human Resource Management. New Delhi: Prentice Hall.
Rao, S. (2010). Essentials of Human Resource Management & Industrial Management: Text &
Cases. New Delhi: Himalaya Publication.
· Robbins, D. A. (2010). Fundamentals of Human Resource Management. New Delhi: Wiley..

Evaluation Pattern
CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
Assessment Pattern for SEC papers:
1.Semester 1 and 2:
6 sessions of 4 hours each will be evaluated by the reapective module teacher out of 10 marks. Total marks to be
converted out of 100 at the end of the semester
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA233 - BUSINESS STATISTICS (2019 Batch)

To describe data and make evidence based decisions using descriptive and inferential statisticsthat are based on well-
reasoned statistical arguments.
To perform and interpret statistical analyses.
Tomake inferences about the population using sample data.
Learning Outcome
● Students will be able to understand and apply the relevant and appropriate statistical tools depending on the situation
● Students will be able to interpret the statistical results to take meaningful decisions
Statistics: An Over View
Basic
Growth and development of Statistics– Definition– Descriptive and inferential statistics– Importance and scope of Statistics –
Limitations of statistics – Classification and tabulation of data – Diagrammatic and graphic representation of data.
Measures Of Central Tendency, Dispersion, Skewness And Kurtosis Level
of Knowledge: Conceptual
Arithmetic mean – Weighted mean, – Median, – Mode, – Range, – Quartile deviation, – Mean Deviation– Standard
deviation, – Coefficient of variation
Meaning of Skewness, Karl Pearson’s and Bowley’s coefficients of Skewness, Meaning of Kurtosis.
Linear Correlation And Regression
Scatter diagram, – Karl Pearson’s and Spearman’s methods, – Regression coefficients – Lines of regression, – Relation
between correlation coefficient and regression coefficients. Simple analysis using EXCEL

Probability Distributions And Estimation
Probability concepts– Probability distributions - Discrete and continuous probability distributions, – Normal distribution–
Estimation – Point and interval estimation, – Statistic, Parameter –Confidence Interval estimation for single mean and single
proportion (only)
Statistical Inference
Null and alternative hypotheses, – Significance level, –Confidence level, –Type I and Type II errors, Critical region, one tailed
and two tailed tests. Large and small sample tests, –Z and t tests for mean and proportion, –One way ANOVA, –Chi-square
test for goodness of fit and independence of attributes
Time Series Analysis And Forecasting
Importance, –Components, –Trend – Free hand method, –Method of semi averages, –Method of moving averages, –Method of
least squares
Sharma, J. K. (2014). Fundamentals of Business Statistics. New Delhi: Vikas Publishers
1) Beri, G. C. (2011). Business Statistics . New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Educations Pvt Ltd.
2) Foster, D. & Stine, E. R., (2010). Statistics For Business : Decision Making And Analysis, New Delhi: Pearson
Publishers
3) Gupta, S. P. (2010). Statistical Methods. New Delhi: Sultan Chand.
4) Sharma, J. K. (2011). Business Statistics . New Delhi: Pearson Publishers.
5) Vishwanathan, P.K. (2007). Business Statistics: An Applied Orientation, New Delhi: Pearson Publishers
Evaluation Pattern
CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
1.Semester 1 and 2:
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA234 - MARKETING MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch)
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 No of Lecture
Hours/Week:4
The course examines managerial issues surrounding Marketing Management. It involves students in specific learning exercises
that simulate ‘real world’ activities that marketing managers partake in on a regular basis.
The course objective is to give students a broad knowledge of marketing, and how this knowledge gained would be used in
planning, coordinating the principles of marketing and executing all the necessary activities in the exchange process. This will
be achieved through:
Introducing the principles and concepts of marketing.

Examining the environmental factors that shape an organisation’s activities.
Explaining how to develop a marketing mix that will achieve goals in the target markets.
Learning Outcome
After completing the course the students will be familiar with the activities involved in marketing management
Basic Understanding markets &marketing process
What is marketing, scope of marketing, core marketing concepts ;marketing management philosophies, changes in business
&marketing, company responses &marketers &marketers responses. Characteristics of new economy. Competition in today’s
marketing. Introduction to emerging market in third world.
Conceptual Marketing mix
Developing marketing opportunities, value delivery process, market research and information system, consumer markets and
consumer buyer behavior segmentation, targeting, positioning for competitive advantage, branding and packaging, rural
marketing.Marketing Strategies for Market leaders, followers, competitor, etc
Analytical DEVELOPMENT OF NEW PRODUCT
New product development stages, categories of new product, reasons for launching new products and its failure. Product life
cycle strategies.( New Service as product)
Analytical Distribution decisions
marketing channels, structure, types and criteria of selecting a channel, wholesaling, retailing, and physical distribution.e –
marketing distribution
Analytical Pricing
Types of pricing, consideration and approaches, competitive strategies, attracting, attacking, retailing and growing customer
Conceptual Promotion
An overview. Advertising, sales promotion, personal selling and sales management.Public and customer relations, direct and
online marketing, multilevel marketing-the new marketing model.

Conceptual Marketing and society
Social responsibility and ethical issues in marketing. Global marketing program.The old and new economies. Demand side
marketing. Legal issues in marketing.marketing skills, Brand marketing skills, CRM.Marketing in Indian Context .Marketing
in 21stCebtury
Kotler, Keller,Koshy,Jha(2014). Marketing Management, 13th Edition, Pearson publication.

Kotler, Philip and Gary, Armstrong.(2012). Principles of marketing, Pearson publication
Evans, R. and Berman,Barry. (2012).Marketing in 21stcentury,Oxford publication.
W. D. Perreault, Jr., J.P Cannon, and E. J. McCarthy (2009). Basic Marketing: A Marketing Strategy and Planning Approach,
17th ed., Irwin/McGraw Hill.
Tong, H., & Taylor, R. J. (2008). Marketing lessons that will help shape the future. Journal of Marketing, 33 (2), 189-196.
Tong, H., & Taylor, R. J. (2008). Marketing lessons that will help shape the future.
Evaluation Pattern
CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Written Quiz / Case Presentation Class Research
Assignment Test Analysis/Case / Role Play / Participation / Based
Simulation Case Quiz / Test Activities:
presentation Article
/ Mini Review /
Project / Book
Discussion review /
Mastery
Project
1.Semester 1 and 2:
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA261A - BASIC SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (2019 Batch)

Social psychology is a branch of Psychology that explains how people's thoughts, feelings, and behaviours are
influenced by the actual, imagined, or implied presence of others. This course introduces students to the theory
and research on the social factors that influence individual and group behaviour. Prosocial behaviour, aggression,
interpersonal attraction, attitudes, prejudice are among the topics covered in the course. The course will include
both individual and group work to facilitate awareness, understanding and application of social psychological
principles and concepts.
Learning Outcome
After the completion of this course, a student will be able to:
1. Understand the historical and scientific origin and development of the field in the western and Indian
context.
2. Describe the development of the self and the dynamics of interpersonal attraction, prosocial behaviour,
aggression, prejudice, group processes and attitude formation and change in a social context.
3. Comprehend the nature of scientific methods employed to study behaviour in the social context.
Introduction
Definition ; History- Origin and Development, Social psychology in India ; Theories - Motivational, Learning,
Cognitive, Decision making, Interdependence, Sociocultural, Evolutionary, and Mid-range theories.
Social Perception
Self concept – Beginnings, Formation, Self- schemas and Multicultural perspective Self- presentation - False
modesty, Self-handicapping, Impression management. Self-esteem - Development and Consequences. Social
Intelligence. Perceiving persons- Attribution theories and biases,Integration, Confirmation bias

Positive Social Relations
Prosocial behavior – Helping influences - Personal, Interpersonal and Situational, Receiving help. Interpersonal
attraction and affiliation – Characteristics of the individual, others and situational influences.
Negative Social Relations
Perceiving groups- Stereotypes – Cognitive foundations, how stereotypes distort perceptions; why stereotypes
persist; Prejudices- Individual differences; Types of prejudices – Sexism and Racism ; Reducing prejudice.
Aggression – Origin, Influences - Social and Situational; Forms – Domestic violence, Sexual violence, Violence
against communities (LGBT) and Terrorism; Prevention and control.
Social Influences
Attitudes – Definition; Theories – Cognitive Dissonance and Dual Processing; Attitude and Behaviour; Attitude
change.
Group - Basic features; Group performance – Types of tasks, Brainstorming; Group decision making – Biases in
information, Group polarization , Group think. Group dynamics and performance.
1. Brehm, S.S. and Kassin, SN. (1996) Social Psychology , 3rd edition. Boston : Houghton Mifflin Company.
Crisp, R.J. and Turner, R.N. (2007), Essential Social Psychology. New Delhi: Sage Publications India Pvt Ltd.
Misra,G. and Dalal,A.K. (2001).Social Psychology in India: Evolution and Emerging trends. Edited by Ajit.K.Dalal
and Girishwar Misra.New Directions in Indian Psychology,Volume I:Social Psychology.New Delhi: Sage
Publications India Pvt.Ltd.
Myers, D.G (2002) Social Psychology, 7th international edition.New York: McGraw Hill Companies.
Taylor ,S .E, Peplau, L.A and Sears, D.O. (2006) Social Psychology, 12th edition.New Delhi: Pearson Prentice-
Hall of India Pvt Ltd.
Evaluation Pattern

Activity/Case
(15 Marks) Study

(15 Marks) Marks)
BBA261B - SOCIOLOGY OF CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT (2019 Batch)

The subject is to give a comprehensive view of social change, development and sustainable development. It also
aims to introduce to the students the various theoretical perspectives on development. The course also provides a
comprehensive understanding of the contemporary socio-economic framework of development in India.
Course Objectives:
To provide an introduction ot social change and development

To familiarize students with the theoretical perspectives on development
To enable students to understand the framework for development in India
Learning Outcome
By the end of this course students will be able to:
Demonstrate their understanding of social change and development in India

Apply social theories to explain social change and development
Explain the concept of sustainable development and initiatives taken as part of it
Evaluate strategies adopted by India

Concepts related to development
1. Social change, Evolution, Growth, Development
2. Sustainable Development, Inclusive development

Theoretical approaches
1. Modernisation theory
2. Dependency theory
3. Neo-liberalism
4. Environmentalism
5. Gandhi and Schumacher

India as a Welfare State
1. Concept of Social Welfare in India
2. Planning Commission and social welfare
3. Approaches to social welfare in Five Year Plans
4. Social Security Programmes in Inida
5. Role of voluntary organizations

Development Process in India
1. Women welfare
2. Health and family welfare
3. Child welfare
4. Welfare of the aged
5. Welfare of SC/ST/OBCs
Sachdeva D.R. 2013. Social Welfare Administration in India, Allahabad, Kitab Mahal.
Preston P.W. 1982. The Theories of Development, London Routledge, Kegan Paul
Desai, A.R. 1971. Essays on Modernization of Underdeveloped Societies. Thacker and
Co., Bombay.
Escobar Arturo, 1995, Encountering Development, the Making and Unmaking of the Third
World.Princeton University Press:Princeton
Kulkarni, P.D.1979. Social Policy and Development in India, Madras, Association of Schools of Social Work in
India. Mangal Deep Publications,
Sinha. P.K.1980. Social Security Measures in India, New Delhi, Classical Publication.
Evaluation Pattern

Activity/Case
(15 Marks) Study

(15 Marks) (15 Marks) (15 Marks) (20 Marks) (20
Marks)
BBA261C - TECHNIQUES OF DIGITAL DESIGN (2019 Batch)

To be able to familiarize with the content generation for print media; also to develop diverse skills in digital based
designing and printing like Photography, Advertising, Brochure, Magazine, and Newspaper.
Learning Outcome
Activity based teaching and learning. The final output and evaluation will be based on the projects like
Photography, Ad design, Brochure design, Newsletter (A4) and Newspaper (Tabloid)
Concept of News
Introduction, fundamental principles 1
Definitions of News- News values-Changing trends-Types of News-Structure of News stories- Lead- Body-
Conclusion.
Content for photography
PRE - REQUISITES
An interest in photography
Your Camera and Lens or a prosumer point and shoot camera
Some pictures you have shot, on a pen drive or CD.
Portfolio ( At the end of the session)
History of photography 1 Hours
Early history of photography
Basics Theory : 3 Hours
Introduction to Digital Photography Practical : 4 Hours

Formats of Photography Megapixels (practical)
Understanding your Camera
Focal Length and Magnification - X factor
Advantages & Disadvantages of Digital Photography
Depth of Field (Practical)
COMPOSITION ( Practical ) Theory : 2 Hours
Rule of Third Practical: 4 Hours

Golden Triangle rule
Head room
Look Room
Portfolio Design & Submission 1 Hour

Newsletter/Newspaper/Magazine
Layout for Newsletter, Layout for Newspaper, Layout for Magazine
Softwares: Quarkxpress
Anatomy of Newsletter, newspaper and magazine (to explain what goes where)
Lesson 1: The basics
Tools, Menu commands, and Dialog boxes, Measurement palette, Docume nt layout palette, Library palette
Lesson 2: Working with documents:
Customize default settings and preferences, Create, modify, and arrange document pages
Master pages (Automatic page numbers), Copy items and pages between documents

Lesson 3: Working with text:
Create, edit, and import text from other programs Tabs and indents, Style Sheets, Search-and-replace text,
character attributes, and fonts
Lesson 4: Working with pictures:
Import artwork created in other programs, Modify the frame and background of a picture box, Change the
pictures scale, skew, and rotation
Lesson 5:
How to precisely control the placement and look of type, Leading methods, Initial caps and drop caps, Tracking
and kerning, Baseline shift
Lesson 6:
Integrate various page elements, text boxes, picture boxes, and lines, Text inset,
Vertical alignment, Stacking order of objects, Ruler guides, Reshaping boxes,
Repeating and aligning items, Grouping, Rotating, Labeling Library palette entries,
Runarounds, Anchoring boxes to text and anchoring rules to text, Linking text boxes
Lesson 7
The print dialog box
Lesson 8
The Color palette, Painting frames, backgrounds, text, and imported pictures

Advertising
Layout of Print Advertisements, advertising appeals Thumbnails, rough, semi comp and comprehensive.
Components of print advertisements, Types of headlines, subheads, body copy and layout Photographs and info
graphics effective placement of objects in a print advertisement Testing the effectiveness of advertisement
Software: In Design/CorelDraw.
1
Evaluation Pattern

Activity/Case
(15 Marks) Study

(15 Marks) Marks)
BBA261D - INDIAN SOCIETY AND LAW (2019 Batch)

India is a veritable forest of cultures, languages, castes, customs, traditions and religions. The diversity that is India
is held together by its constitution that caters to everyone’s needs equitably and with fairness. Unity in diversity is
the hall mark of our nation.
The Course”Indian Society & Law” aims to give the students glimpses of Indian Society from various perspectives.
Region, Religion, Caste and Language are some of the most important differences we find in India.
After completing the course the students are expected to know how Indian Society is bound together irrespective
of our differences through constitutional provisions and be in a position to appreciate the unique identity of Indian
citizens and celebrate the diversity of our nation.
Learning Outcome
To enable the management students to have an exposure to Indian society and law
Historical background of Indian Republic: -
1. British Colonialism, East India Company
2. Indian Independence Movement
3. Making of Indian Constitution
4. Democracy, Adult Franchise, Political Parties
5. Capitalism and Socialism – Mixed Economy.
6. Urban - Rural and Socio - Economic Divide
7. Poverty, Development & Naxalism

Orientation of Indian Constitution:
1. Preamble of the Constitution.
2. Fundamental Rights & Directive Principles
3. Vth and VIth Schedule of the Constitution(Administration and Control of Scheduled

Areas & Scheduled Tribes)
4. VIIth Schedule - Powers of the Union and States.
5. IXth Schedule - Land Reforms in India.
6. Constitutional Amendments and Social Transformation.

Regionalism and Law:
1. Concept of India as One Unit.
2. Equality in the matters of admission for education and employment.
3. The slogan “sons of the soil” and its practice.
4. TMA Pai Case and Pradeep Jain Case

Religion and Law:
1. Role of Religion in India. ((Art. 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 49,)
2. Secularism – equal respect for all religions.
3. Freedom of religion and non-discrimination on the basis of religion
4. Communalism
5. Religious minorities and law.
6. Shah Bano Case
7. Rajinder Sachar Commission Report

Community and Law:
1. Caste in Indian Society. (Art. 15, 17, 23, 25, 29, 46, 51, 330, 332, 338, 341, 342)
2. Dalits and Adivasis
3. Non-discrimination on the ground of caste.
4. Abolition of Untouchability.
5. Protective discrimination (Reservation)
6. Mandal Commission Report
7. Protection of Civil Rights Act, 1976
8. Atrocities under the SC/ST (Prevention of Atrocities) Act, 1989.

Language and law:
1. Language as a divisive factor.
2. National and regional languages
3. Formation of linguistic states.
4. Constitutional protection to linguistic minorities.
5. VIIIth Schedule of Constitution.

Upendra Baxi, The Crisis of Indian Legal System

(1) P.Iswara Bhatt, Law & Social Transformation
(3) Indra Deva (Ed) Sociology of Law.
(4) Constitution of India

Evaluation Pattern

Activity/Case
(15 Marks) Study

(15 Marks) Marks)
BBA261E - WEB PAGE DESIGNING AND MULTIMEDIA (2019 Batch)

Flash and Dreamweaver has become the industry standard for the delivery of high–impact, rich interactive content
on the web. This introductory course provides an overview of the fundamentals of creating web content using
Adobe Flash Professional & Adobe Dreamweaver.
Learning Outcome
To provide students with an over view of the key concepts of 2D Animation and Web Designing

Creating Graphics
Concepts of Animation , Types of animation , Introduction to flash , The Authoring environment , Drawing tools ,
Adding Text , symbols and the library
Animation
Tools , The timeline , Frames and Keyframes , Tweens –shape Tweening ,Motion Tweening , classic Tweening ,
Guides ,Movie Clip, Nested Timelines, Saving the file
Advanced Animation , Interaction and Web
Complex timeline control , Mask Layers , Color settings , filters and Blend Modes , adding sound , importing
Graphic Files , Buttons , button Action Script , Instance names, Controlling Nested Objects , Optimizing your work
, publishing your work , publishing flash content to the Web.
Dreamweaver -I
The Dreamweaver Interface , Understanding work flow, tools , property box , environment, Site creation and
management , Creating HTML Documents , Adding content to WebPages, Adding Structure tags to content ,
Adding images & Multimedia Content , Using CSS to style content , working with links, Internal references,
Mailto links and anchor tags , rollovers and interactivity , library items , creating forms.
AJAX and Spry
Creating Ajax / Spry Menus , Designing Master Template, Library , Create CSS based navigation , Behaviors ,
Inserting images , flash content , creating complete website . Understanding Hosting , creating Blog and templates .
LAB
Exercise 1: Draw a Scene for an Animation(Flash)
Exercise 2: Create an Animated Greeting Card (Flash)
Exercise 3: Create a Simple slide show (Flash)
Exercise 4: Create an interactive Photo Album (Flash)
Exercise 5 : Create webpage with Flash
Exercise 6: Create a simple HTML file (Dreamweaver)
Exercise 7: Design a Website for a coffee Shop (Dreamweaver)
Exercise 8: Design a Website for a Multi-branded electronic Showroom
Exercise 9: Design a webpage with Both Flash and Dreamweaver

Katherine Ulric, Visual Quickstart GuideAdobeFlash Professional CS5 for Windows and Macintosh , Peachpit Press,
2011
Adobe systems Incorporated, Adobe Dreamweaver CS5 Classroom in a Book, Adobe Press , 2010
Chris Grover , Flash CS5 the Missing Manual , O’Reilly Media 2010
Janine Warner, Teach YourSelf Visually Adobe Dreamweaver CS5, Wiley Publishing, 2010
Evaluation Pattern

Activity/Case
(15 Marks) Study

(15 Marks) Marks)
BBA261F - LITERATURE, HISTORY AND SOCIETY (2019 Batch)

Course Description
‘Literature, History and Society’ is one among the six generic electives offered to the first year students of the BBA
Programme. The paper is designed with the intention of introducing the students to literature and its influence on
understanding societies, then and now. The modules are designed to cover a wide array of topics ranging from racial
discrimination to ecological humanities with a global perspective on these issues.Consequently, the paper helps the
student widen their perspective and appreciate the role of literature in understanding the society around them and to
prepare them to be better global citizens.
Pedagogy
The pedagogy will include an eclectic methodology to introduce the texts. Other than the more conventional texts,
the students would be introduced to cinema, songs and the emerging field of graphic books as texts, while also
looking at these texts as a means to study history. Most of the classes would be discussion-based and the students
would be encouraged to share their viewpoints and substantiate them in their writing and thereby improve their
(essay) writing skills.
Course Objectives
· to introduce the students to the relevance of understanding social issues of the past
· to appreciate the literary value of texts around them (thereby redefining what a text could be)
· to develop language skills (especially writing)
· to be aware of the social issues such as discrimination (caste/class/gender/ linguistic/race/religious/etc.)
· to be aware of the environment around them and their role in preserving it, and the urgency of the same
· to help them redefine and/or question conventional ideas of literature with regard to the topics being discussed
Learning Outcome
Course Pre-requisites
The students should possess a basic knowledge of the English language and a rudimentary understanding/exposure
of the Indian society and culture.
Learning Outcome
· The student will be made aware of the importance of opinions and how it formulates personalities and identities
· The ability to appreciate cultural/religious diversity in a global world
· The ability to organize ideas and frame sentences in an essay (long and short)
· The ability to perceive the world through more than one frame of reference (and the importance of the ‘other
story’)
Introduction
The students will be introduced to the course and the need to be aware of the topics being covered.
The Holocaust
· The students will be introduced to the Holocaust and the ideas that propelled the fascist regimes and ethnic
cleansing.
· Novel (excerpts) - Elie Wiesel’s ‘Night’
· Movie: Polanski’s “The Pianist”
· Graphic novel (excerpts) - ‘Maus’
(Optional Text)
Ecocriticism
· The students will be introduced to concepts of environmental and ecological humanities and the role that literature
plays in the same.
· Short Story – The Yew Trees
Movie Screening – The Happening (2008)

Cultural Studies
· Introduction to cultural studies and its relevance in an increasingly globalized world.
· Excerpts from ‘Invention of Tradition’
Excerpts from ‘Representation: Cultural Representations and Signifying Practices’

Social Discrimination
· Introduction to racial discrimination and the Civil Rights Movement in America
· Exploring Apartheid Movement in South Africa
· Essay/Speech: ‘I Have a Dream’
· Short Story: ‘Once Upon A Time’ OR ‘Six Feet of the Country’
Movie Screening ‘Remember the Titans’ OR ‘Hidden Figures’ OR “The Help”

(Optional Text)

(Optional Text)

Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1 (25%): Write a short essay on any text (movie/written/song,etc) that has some sort of a social discrimination
as its theme in not more than 700 words. The essay should explain how the text was instrumental ininfluencing their
understanding of society.
CIA 2 (Mid Semester exam) (20%): 2 sets of question papers would be sent to the programme coordinator based on
the first two modules.
CIA 3(25%): A group presentation on any of the topics discussed in modules 2, 3 and 4. The students are free to use
audio-visual texts within the time limit of 20 minutes.
ESE (30%): 2 sets of question papers would be sent to the programme coordinator based on all the modules.
BBA261G - EUROPEAN CUISINE (2019 Batch)
The course will contain culinary traditions and cultures of important European Countries. It is a completely
hands on course with 50% practicals and some class discussions, and food tastings at restaurants. The students will
get to prepare antipasti, mezze, main course and entree, cheese tastings, basics of wine in food, pasta, salads, meat
dishes and more. The course will be hands on, with presentations, discussions, and gourmet grazing and will end
with a dinner paired with wine.
Learning Outcome
At the end of the course the students will have a fair idea of what European food is all about, The unique flavours
of its different gourmet ingredients. The students will learn to indentify flavours, textures, and taste of important
European cuisines, both Vegetarian and Non-vegetarian. The course is hands on and emphasis will be on cooking,
pre plating and food tasting.
INTRODUCTION TO EUROPEAN CUISINE.
Cuisines from Italy, France, Spain and Modern Europe 2 hrs
Introduction to Cooking Methods 2hrs
Hygiene and Safety in Kitchen 2hrs
Introduction to European Ingredients 2hrs
Antipasti
Bruschetta / Zucchini scepeche / Zuppa 2hrs
Cold Meat
Parma ham,Speck, Culatello, prosciutto 2 hrs
CIA 2hrs
Salads 2hrs
Dressings / ingredients / presentations
Risotto
Mushroom Risotto, Sea food risotto 2hrs
Pasta and sauces 4 hrs
Pesto, alfredo, Arabiatta, Meat sauce
Gnocchi 2 hrs
Pumpkin Gnocchi, potato gnocchi
Polenta 2 hrs
Chilli oil / Parma ham / cheese sauce / chicken and red wine
Basics of Pizza 2hrs
Fish and shell Fish 4hrs
Baked fish in foil / grilled fish n squid / pan fried fish with tomato
Lamb / Pork and Beef 4 hrs
Steak Italian style / Grilled pork chops / Roast lamb Rosemary
Poultry 4 hrs
Chicken roast with tomato / pan fried chicken with parsley / Tuscan chicken
Italian BBQ 2 hrs
Bbq vegetable, fish, poultry, bread, panzanella
Mid Semester Exam 2 hrs
Italian Breads 2 hrs
Italian Wine Basics 2 hrs
Italian Cheese tasting 2 hrs
Italian Desserts 2 hrs
Tiramisu, Cheesecake, Torte.
Italian Experiential Dinner 4 hrs
Fine dining Italian
End Semester Exam 4 hrs

Practical assessment

Practical assessment
Making a simple Italian dish
Write up on the Cuisine.
Marking Parameter : 50% for practical + 50% for Theory.

1
1
Evaluation Pattern

Activity/Case
(15 Marks) Study

(15 Marks) Marks)
BBA281 - SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY PROJECT (2019 Batch)


The project is to provide exposure to various dimensions of corporate/Individual social responsibility and its
influence on the long term sustainability of the modern organizations. It emphasizeson the social responsibility of
every individual in the society and its role in inclusive growth in the economy.It also focuses on sensitizing
students with the life and needs of the downtrodden through village camps.
Learning Outcome
The student after completing this project would have understood various social issues in the society and
understood his/her role and responsibility in overcoming such social issues and helping in bringing about
equality and development in the society.
Village Exposure Camp:
Each student is expected to complete the village exposure camp organized by the Department in
collaboration with Centre for Social Action (CSA).This will an overnight visit to a village where the
students will be participating in different community activities to get sensitized with different social
issues faced by these villages.
II. NGO Visit:
Students should identify an NGO and work for minimum of 25 hrs during the semester on any socially
relevant projects of NGO’s.
III. Service Learning Report: The report should be submitted to fulfill the requirements for the award of the
Bachelor of Business Administration of Christ University during second semester of the programme. It
consists of two parts- first a report on village visit and second part on visit to NGO.
1
1
Evaluation Pattern
1
BECH231N - INTRODUCTION TO MACROECONOMICS (2019 Batch)
Course Description
This course is designed to give a systematic school-wise introduction to mainstream approaches to the study of
macroeconomics. The course begins by introducing students to the various important macroeconomic variables and its
measurement technique. Then the course proceeds on a systematic introduction to the important macroeconomic theory
adopting a chronological school- wise pattern; beginning from the Classicals to the Keynesians, Monetarists, New
Classicals and New Keynesians. It has been designed in such a way that it stimulates awareness on the evolution;
critiques and debates in the mainstream macroeconomic thought and provided insights into macroeconomic challenges
and policy management in progressive nations. It is also intended that this course will develop the ability for objective
reasoning about macroeconomic issues.
Course Objectives
To introduce to the students the basic principles of macroeconomic theory.

To enable the students to understand the characteristics of major macroeconomic variables.
To provide a vivid understanding to students on the evolution of macroeconomic thought.
To equip students to analyse the dynamic interactions between the major macroeconomic variables.
Learning Outcome
Learning Outcomes
The students will be acquainted with the mainstream approaches to the study of macroeconomics.
The students will be able to distinguish between the various approaches and the merits and critiques of each of
them.
The students will acquire the ability to understand the dynamic interactions between the macroeconomic variables
and their impact on the economy.

Macroeconomics and Measurement of Macroeconomic Variables
Nature and scope of macroeconomics; meaning and definition of key macroeconomic variables; Central questions in
Macroeconomics; National Income Accounts: GDP – National Income – Personal and Disposable Personal Income;
National Income Accounting Identities, Issues in National Income Accounting; Cost of Living Index: GDP deflator,
WPI, CPI, Core Inflation; Measures of Cyclical Variation in Output.
The Classical Macroeconomics
The Classical Revolution; Wage, Employment and Production; Equilibrium Output and Employment;
Quantity theory of Money; The Classical Theory of the Interest Rate; Policy Implications of Classical
Equilibrium Model.
The Keynesian System
The Problem of Unemployment; the Simple Keynesian Model: Equilibrium Output, Components of
Aggregate Demand, Equilibrium Income; the role of Fiscal Policy and Multiplier; Exports and Imports
in the Simple Keynesian Model; Interest rates and Aggregate demand; Keynesian Theory of the
Interest Rate; Money supply and Money demand in Keynesian framework.
The Monetarist Counterrevolution
The reformulation of the Quantity theory of Money; Fiscal and Monetary Policy: Monetarists versus
Keynesians; Unstable velocity and declining policy influence of Monetarism.
Macroeconomic Theory after Keynes
The New Classical Position: Keynesian Counter-critique, Rational Expectations Hypothesis; Business
Cycle Theories: Multiplier-Accelerator Interaction Model, Real Business Cycle Theory, Political
Business Cycle Model; New Keynesian Economics: Menu Cost Theory, Efficient-Wage Theory,
Insider-Outsider Model and Hysteresis.
Microeconomic Foundations of Macroeconomics
Consumption: Keynesian Consumption Function, Kuznets‘s Consumption Puzzle, Fischer’s theory of
Intertemporal Choice, Modigliani’s Life Cycle Hypothesis, Friedman’s Permanent Income Hypothesis,
Random walk model of Consumption expenditure; Investment: The Neoclassical Theory of
Investment; Residential Investment; The Accelerator Theory of Investment; The Stock Market and
Tobin‘s Q Theory; Efficient Market Hypothesis; Policies affecting Investment.
1. Dornbusch, R.., Fischer, S.., & Startz, R. (2015). Macroeconomics. (11th ed.). McGraw Hill Education.
2. Froyen, R. (2014). Macroeconomics: Theories and Policies (10th ed.). Pearson Education.
3. Mankiw, N. G. (2015). Macroeconomics (9th ed.). USA: Worth Publishers.
4. McConnell, C. R., & Brue, S. L. (2011). Macroeconomics, Principles, Problems and Policies. New York: McGraw
Hill Inc.
5. Snowden, B. & Vane, H. R. (2005). Modern Macroeconomics: Its Origins, Development and Current State. United
Kingdom: Edward Elgar Publishing.
1. Abel, A. B. & Bernanke, B. S. (2011). Macroeconomics (7th ed.). USA: Pearson Education.
2. Blanchard, O. (2009). Macroeconomics (5th ed.). USA: Pearson Education Inc.
3. Blaug, M. (1968). Economic Theory in Retrospect (2nd ed.). London: Heinemann Educational Books. Cate, T.
(2012). Keynes’ General Theory: Seventy Five Years Later. United Kingdom: Edward Elgar Publishing.
4. Mishkin, F. S. (2016). Macroeconomics: Policy & Practice (2nd ed.). United States: Pearson Education.
Samuelson, P. A., & Nordhaus, W. D. (2005). Economics (18th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.
5. Schiller, B. & Gebhardt, K. (2011). The Macroeconomy Today (11th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill. Sheffrin, S. M.
(1996). Rational Expectations (2nd ed.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Evaluation Pattern
Evaluation CIA1 MSE* (CIA2) CIA3 ESE** Attendance
Pattern
Weightage 20 25 20 30 05

BECH232N - MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS-II (2019 Batch)
This course is the second part of a compulsory two-course sequence. This part is to be taught in
Semester II following the first part in Semester I. The course gives an introduction into differential
equation, linear algebra, derivatives and application using calculus.
Learning Outcome
A central aim to this course is to increase "mathematical maturity", confidence and familiarity with the
types of problems that students will encounter and built upon later.On successful completion of this
course, students will be able to:
Use appropriate techniques to solve problems with calculus and linear algebra.
Model economic questions as mathematical problems.
To apply mathematical techniques to economic theory in general.
Elements of Linear Algebra - I
Vectors; Vector Spaces; Linear Dependency; A Matrix; Matrix Operations: Addition, Subtraction,
Scalar Multiplication and Multiplication; Laws of Matrix Algebra: Commutative, Associative and
Distributive; Matrix expression of a System of Linear Equations.
Elements of Linear Algebra - II
Determinants; Rank of a Matrix; Minors, Cofactors, Adjoint and Inverse Matrices; Laplace Expansion;
Solving Linear Equations with the Inverse; Cramer’s Rule for Matrix Solutions; Input-Output Analysis
using Matrices.
Integral Calculus
Integration; Indefinite and Definite Integral; Riemann integral; Numerical methods of evaluating the
integral; Fundamental Theorem of the Calculus; Rules of Integration; Integration by substitution;
Integration by Parts; Area between Curves; Improper Integrals; L’Hôpital’s Rule; Multiple Integrals;
Application of Integral Calculus in Economics: Revenue and Cost Curves, Consumers’ and Producers’
Surplus, Market Equilibrium, Growth, Domar’s model of Public Debt.
Differential Equations
Introduction to Differential Equations: Definitions and Concepts; First-Order Differential Equations;
Integrating factors and Rules; Variables separable case; Differential Equation with Homogenous
Coefficients; Exact Differential Equations; Second-order Differential Equations; Application in
Economics: Dynamic Stability in Microeconomic models, Growth path, Domar’s Capital expansion
model.
Difference Equations
Introduction to Difference Equations: Definitions and Concepts; Finite differences; Homogeneous
linear difference equation with constant coefficients; Solutions for Non-homogeneous linear equations;
Linear First-Order Difference Equations; Linear Second-Order Difference Equations with constant
coefficients; Stability Conditions; Application in Economics: Interaction between Multiplier and
Acceleration Principle, The Cobweb Model, Harrod-Domar Growth Model.
1. Chiang, A.C. & Wainwright, K. (2013). Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics. (4th
ed.). McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited.
2. Renshaw, G. (2011). Maths for Economics. (4th ed.). Oxford. Oxford University Press.
3. Sydsaeter, K. & Hammond, P. (2016). Mathematics for Economic Analysis. New Delhi: Pearson
Education Inc.
1. Bradley, T. (2013). Essential Mathematics for Economics and Business. United Kingdom: John
Wiley & Sons.
2. Dowling, E. T. (2012). Schaum’s Outlines-Introduction to Mathematical Economics. (3rd ed.).
New York: McGraw Hill.
3. Roser, M. (2003). Basic Mathematics for Economists. (2nd ed.). New York: Routledge.
Evaluation Pattern
Evaluation Pattern CIA1 MSE* (CIA2) CIA3 ESE** Attendance
Weightage 20 25 20 30 05
BECH233N - STATISTICS FOR ECONOMICS - I (2019 Batch)
This is a course on statistical methods for economics I, begins with some basic concepts and terminology that are
fundamental to statistical analysis and inference. Then a detailed description on descriptive statistics starting from
measures of central tendency to skewness and kurtosis. A separate module has been devoted to deal with identifying
nature and extend of relationship between variables (correlation and regression analysis) followed by time series
statistics. Finally this course ends with indices, as it is very essential for every economics students to understand the
construction and problems involving in constructing macro level indices like CPI and WPI.
This course has been designed to help students;
To acquire basic skills in applied statistics

To develop skills in the field of economic analysis and reasoning;
To develop skills in the analysis and presentation of data
Learning Outcome
1. To provide an understanding of the concepts and methods of Statistics, for application in
data analysis.
2. To get statistical skill required for the analysis of socio-economic data.
3. To provide hands-on training in data analysis (along with computer applications).

Introduction and Overview
Meaning; Scope of statistics; Importance and limitation of statistics Collection of Data: Planning and organizing a
statistical enquiry; Methods of collecting primary data; Sources of secondary data; Sampling: Census method vs.
sample method; Classification of data: Meaning, methods of classification; Tabulation of data: meaning, role, parts
of a table; General rules of tabulation; Presentation of data; Diagrams and graphs: General rules for construction a
diagram; Types of diagrams; Types of graphs; Software Applications.
Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion
Measures of Central Tendency:Mean, median and mode; Geometric and Harmonic means; Measures of Dispersion:
Range, inter-quartile range and quartile deviation, mean deviation, standard deviation and Lorenz curve, Moments,
Skewness and Kurtosis; Partition Values: Quartiles; deciles; percentiles; Software applications.
Correlation and Linear Regression Model
Correlation Analysis: Meaning, types of correlation; Methods of studying correlation: Scatter diagram method, Karl
Pearson’s co-efficient of correlation, Spearman’s rank method, concurrent deviation method; Testing the
significance of the correlation coefficient; Method of least squares: Introduction, estimation, the standard error of
estimate, the coefficient of determination, properties of an OLS estimator.
Time Series Statistics
Measurement of Secular trend: Free hand curve method or eye inspection method - Semi average method; Method
of moving average; Method of least squares. Measurement of seasonal variations: Method of simple averages; Ratio
to trend method; Ratio to moving average method; Link relative method.
Index Numbers
Meaning and importance; problems in the construction of index numbers; Types of index numbers: price index;
quantity index; value index; construction of price index numbers: unweighted and weighted indices (Lasperyre’s
index, Paasche’s index, Fishers ideal index); construction of quantity and value indices; tests of index numbers:
Time reversal test; Factor reversal test; Splicing: Deflating process; Consumer Price Index (CPI): meaning and uses;
problems in the construction of cost of living index; Methods of constructing cost of living index: Aggregate
expenditure and family budget methods; Limitations of index numbers; Software applications.
1. Anderson, D. R., Sweeney, D. J., Williams, T. A., Camm, J. D., & Cochran, J. J. (2014). Essentials of
Statistics for Business and Economics. Boston: Cengage Learning
2. Lind, D. A., Waite, C. A., Marchal, W. G., &Wathen, S. A. (2005). Basic Statistics for Business &
Economics. New York: McGraw-Hill.
3. Sharma, J. K. (2010). Fundamentals of Business Statistics. (2nd ed.). New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House.
1. Croxton, F. E., & Cowden, D. J. (1964). Applied General Statistics. (2nd ed.). New Delhi:Prentice Hall of
India Private Limited.
2. Freund, J. E., & Perles, B. M. (2007). Modern Elementary Statistics. (12th ed.). New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
3. Gupta, S. C., & Kapoor, V. K. (2007). Fundamentals of Applied Statistics. (4th ed.). New Delhi: Sultan Chand
& Sons.
4. Larsen, R. J., & Marx, M. L. (2012). An Introduction to Mathematical Statistics and itsApplications. (5th ed.).
New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
Evaluation Pattern
Evaluation
CIA1 CIA2 (MSE*) CIA3 ESE** Attendance
Pattern
Weightage 20 25 20 30 05

BECH241N - GENDER ECONOMICS (2019 Batch)
Course Description
This course is intended as an introductory paper on the causes and implications of gender inequality on the
economy. The course discusses the structural issues of whether or not women are persistently and systematically
disadvantaged in terms of accounting their contributions to the economy. The course will examine some of the
measures in gender analysis and provide an outline of basic issues in gender economics.
Course Objectives
· To provide an understanding of basic concepts in gender economics such as invisibility of women’s work.
· To introduce students to the debates on gender disparity and gender equity
· To help students examine the role of international development agencies in measuring and addressing gender
disparity.
Learning Outcome
By the end of the course the students will have:
· Developed an understanding of the basic issues affecting women and their contribution towards the economy.
· Examined the various measures and policy debates with regard to gender gap.
· Considered various factors affecting women in specific sectors
· Understanding the role of various international organisations in reducing gender disparity.

Gender and Development
Gender division of work; Invisibility of women’s work; Women and development (WAD); Conceptualizing and
measuring women’s contribution to national income and growth.
Sector Specific Gender Issues
Significance of Women’s education; Gender gaps in educational achievements; Policies and Programmes for
promoting women’s education; Women in agriculture; Women in industry; Women in services; Gender dimensions
of International trade; housewifization, feminization of work.
Role of International Organisation
Role of UNDP and WEF in developing countries in gender policy. Measuring Gender Gaps: Gender related
development indices (Gender Development Index and Gender Empowerment Measure); HDI, GDI, GGI, GEE,
Gender dimension of national health policies and programmes; National Rural Health Mission; Reproductive and
Child Health Programme; Women’s Rights.
1. Eswaran, M. (2014), Why Gender Matters in Economics, Princeton University Press.
2. Devasia, L. (1994), Empowering Women for Sustainable Development, Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi.

Arputhamurthy, S. (1990), Women Work and Discrimination, New Delhi: Ashish Publishing House.
Bosarup, E. (1970), Women’s Role in Economic Development, George Allen and Unwin, London.
Neetha, N (2006), ‘Invisibility continues? Social security and unpaid women workers’ Economic and Political
Weekly, 41(32), pp. 3497-3498
Pal, M., P. Bharati, B. Ghosh, and T.S. Vasulu (eds.) (2011), Gender and Discrimination Health, Nutritional Status,
and Role of Women in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Sen, A. and J. Drèze (1995), India: Economic Development and Social Opportunity, Oxford University Press.
Evaluation Pattern
EvaluationPattern CIA1 MSE* (CIA2) CIA 3 ESE** Attendance
Weightage 20 25 20 30 05

BECH242N - INTRODUCTION TO THE PHILOSOPHY OF
ECONOMICS (2019 Batch)
Economics and philosophy overlap in three major areas. These are the ontology and epistemology of Economics,
rationality, and welfare and justice. The course first touches upon the fundamental ontological questions such as,
what is Economics, what is utility, and how do economists measure it? Does evidence of widespread ìrrationality’
from behavioral economics undermine standard microeconomic theory? It then discusses the epistemological
problems such as if economic models are literally false representations of reality, how can they aid understanding or
action? Finally, the course also introduces students to the questions about welfare, justice, liberty and rights, at least
insofar as these are connected to features of economic institutions, processes, or outcomes.
Learning Outcome
The objectives of offering this course are:
· To provide students a philosophical platform for carrying out discussions on Economic theories and models
· To introduce students to the rational-choice theory
· To make students understand the philosophical nature of the fundamental debates in Economic methodology
· To sketch the fundamental questions concerning ethics of economic policy decisions and to develop your abilities to
present and to criticize arguments both in discussion and in writing.

Introduction
Ontology of Economics: Individual and Collective Rationality, Bounded Rationality; The assumption of Ceteris
Paribus, Friedman and defence of unrealistic assumption.
Six central methodological problems
Positivism vs Normativism; Reasons vs Causes; Social Scientific Naturalism; Abstraction and Idealisation in
Economics; Economic Causation; Structure and Strategy of Economics: Paradigms.

Influential Approaches to Economic Methodology
Scientific Realism; Thomas Kuhn’s scientific revolutions and paradigm shift; Karl Popper’s falsificationism;
Putnam’s critique of Positivism; Fraassen’s Constructive empiricism
Economics and Ethics
Welfare; efficiency; individualism; utilitarianism; libertarianism; Egalitarianism and economic justice.
Blaug, M. (1992). The Methodology of Economics: Or, How Economists Explain, Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press,
Hausman, D. M. (ed.) (2008).The Philosophy of Economics: An Anthology, 3rd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Reiss, J., (2013).The Philosophy of Economics: A Contemporary Introduction, London: Routledge.
Ross, D. (2016). Philosophy of Economics, London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Friedman, M., (1953). The Methodology of Positive Economics, Essays in Positive Economics, Chicago: University
of Chicago Press, pp. 3–43.
Friedman, M. (1999). Reconsidering Logical Positivism. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Hausman, D M., Philosophy of Economics, The Stanford Encyclopaedia of Philosophy retrieved
from<https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/economics/#RealEconMeth>
Kuhn, T. S. (1962). The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Popper, K. (1963). Science: Conjectures and Refutations, in Conjectures and Refutations. London: Routledge and
Kegan Paul, pp. 33-58.
Sen, A. (1990). Justice: Means versus Freedoms, Philosophy & Public Affairs, 19(2), pp. 111-121.
Evaluation Pattern
EvaluationPattern CIA1 MSE* (CIA2) CIA3 ESE** Attendance
Weightage 20 25 20 30 05
BENG221N - ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION II (2019 Batch)
English Language and Composition is an intensive program for two semesters for all the students of
the BA/BSc programmes (ENGH, EPH, ECOH, JOUH, PSYH, MEP) that introduces students to a
wide range of expository works in order to develop their knowledge of rhetoric and make them aware
of the power of language. The course is designed to meet the rigorous requirements of a graduate level
courses and therefore includes expository, analytical, personal, and argumentative texts from a variety
of authors and historical contexts. It would provide students with the opportunity to work with the
rhetorical situation, examining the authors’ purposes as well as the audiences and the subjects in texts.
The purpose of the course is to enable students to read analytically, formulate arguments based on the
readings, and respond by composing articulate essays that utilise advanced elements of sentence
structure, syntax, style, purpose, and tone. Thus, by the use of rhetorical principles, students will learn
how to become critical thinkers, and apply that knowledge to their writing by revising and improving
their essays, as well as critiquing and editing peer essays. In addition, students will be required to
thoroughly research relevant topics, synthesise information from a variety of sources, and document
their knowledge in a cogent well written report. Also, as the course is designed to engage students with
rhetoric in multiple mediums, including visual media such as photographs, films, advertisements,
comic strips, music videos, and TED talks; students would develop a sense to comprehend how
resource of language operates in any given text.
While the first semester focusses on understanding principles of rhetoric through multiple texts, the
second semester is more thematic in nature familiarising students with texts from multiple disciplines,
especially in the context of India. The skills acquired in the first semester would help students to
critically engage with rhetoric within the context of contemporary India and critically respond to the
same.
As part of the course students are expected to maintain a writing journal to monitor their progress in
writing.
Course Objectives
• To critically engage with a variety of text on multiple themes from different disciplines.
• Familiarise students with different kinds of rhetoric produced in Indian context.
• Apply the Rhetoric techniques learned in the first semester while engage with thematic texts.
own writings
• Engage in critical writing on variety of socio-political issues.
• To enable students to be aware of the politics behind knowledge production.
• Write on multiple themes for various purpose

Learning Outcome
At the end of the course, students would be able to:
· Analyse and interpret samples of good writing by identifying and explaining an author’s use of
rhetorical strategies and techniques
· Analyze both visual and written texts.
· Apply effective strategies and techniques in their own writing
· Create and sustain arguments based on reading, research, and/or personal experience, especially in the
Indian contexts;
· Demonstrate understanding and mastery of English Language as well as stylistic maturity in their own
writings
· Produce expository, analytical, and argumentative compositions that introduce a complex central idea
and develop it with appropriate evidence drawn from primary and/or secondary source material, cogent
explanations, and clear transitions;
· Move effectively through the stages of the writing process with careful attention to inquiry and
research, drafting, revising, editing, and review;
· Write thoughtfully about their own process of composition
· Revise a work to make it suitable for a different audience
· Communicate effectively in different medium by developing their LSRW skills.
· Can effortlessly use English language for graduate course and for career.

The Question of Knowledge: The Education System
1. Rethinking Education: Why Education System is Ripe for Disruption by Naveen Jain.
https://www.forbes.com/sites/naveenjain/2013/03/24/disrupting-education/#3721fe4523ef
2. Sherman Alexe’s Superman and Me

http://www.umsl.edu/~alexanderjm/SupermanandMebyAlexie.pdf
3. For the Record: Dear Minister.
http://indianexpress.com/article/opinion/columns/satyapal-singh-darwin-evolution-theory-scientists-
pm-modi-dear-minister-5035204/
Individual and Society
1. “Go Kiss the World” by Subrotobagchihttp://subrotobagchi.mindtree.com/iim-bangalore-speech/
2. Sky Baba Vegetarians Only. http://www.anveshi.org.in/vegetarians-only-a-short-story-by-sky-

baba/
Economy and Materialism
1. Shashi Tharoor’s speech in Oxford. http://www.ibtimes.co.in/shashi-tharoor-garners-appreciation-
his-spirited-argument-oxford-union-debate-full-text-640299
2. On Anti- National Economics by Jayanthi Gosh.
http://www.frontline.in/columns/Jayati_Ghosh/antinational-economics/article8356541.ece
Society and Social Issues (Gender/ environment/ class/ caste)
1. Gandhian In Gerwhal
2. Ramachandra Guha. When eleven women of Bengal Took on

Gaandhihttp://ramachandraguha.in/archives/when-eleven-women-of-bengal-took-on-gandhi-the-
telegraph.html
3. Caste Culture at IIT Madras by Anjatha Subrmaninan.

http://www.openthemagazine.com/article/open-essay/an-anatomy-of-the-caste-culture-at-iit-madras.
Politics of Intimate
4. https://medium.com/@pallavirao84/politics-of-the-intimate-pt-3-the-brahmin-mistress-and-the-
bahujan-maid-6becf6e2fbcb
5. Hangwoman by K. R Meera.
6. Swara Bhaskar’s letter.
https://thewire.in/218456/end-magnum-opus-i-felt-reduced-vagina/
7. Is brown man a Racist by Chandra Bhan Prasad
http://www.india-seminar.com/2006/558/558%20chandra%20bhan%20prasad.html
Sports and the World
1. Vadivaasal Novella
2. Sports women or victim of sexual assault: Dreams Die fast in Haryana.

http://indianexpress.com/article/opinion/haryana-rapes-sportswoman-police-ml-khattar-sexual-assault-
5034854/
Politics and Propaganda
1. Who is Afraid of Caricature by S.
PrassannaRajanhttp://www.openthemagazine.com/article/locomotif/who-s-afraid-of-a-caricature
2. Politics as Costume Drama by Sunanda K Datta Ray.
http://www.openthemagazine.com/article/open-essay/politics-as-costume-drama
3. Net Neutrality and Freedom of expressions by Karan Lihari and Chtanyabalkrishnan
http://www.openthemagazine.com/article/open-essay/net-neutrality-the-net-worth-of-freedom
4. The State and The Selfie. By Suchitra Vijayan http://www.suchitravijayan.com/archives/396

The politics of Language
1. How a Bihari Lost his mother Tongue to Hindi by Roshan Kishore
http://www.livemint.com/Leisure/Nl73WC1JA8d6KVybBycNlM/How-a-Bihari-lost-his-mother-
tongue-to-Hindi.html
2. Hail English, The Dalit Goddess by Chandra Bhan Prasad
http://www.anveshi.org.in/hail-english-the-dalit-goddess/
Compilation
The course is based on the work Language of Composition: Reading, Writing and Rhetoric by Renee
H. Shea, Lawrence Sanclon and Robin Dissin Aufses.
Evaluation Pattern
Note
1. Teachers would take to class some of the selected texts from each unit for discussion. Few texts can
be used to test students for CIA 1 and 3. This si to be decided at the meetings beginning in the
semester.
2. In order to access the prescribed texts for the course an online repository would be shared with the
students.
CIA - Evaluation Pattern
Individual Assignment Group Assessment Mid Semester

20 20 25
Mid Semester Examination

2X10=20 1X15=15 1X15=15 50
End Semester Examination

2X10=20 1X15=15 1X15=15 50
ENG221 - ENGLISH (2019 Batch)
To expose learners to a variety of texts to interact with
To help learners classify ideologies and be able to express the same
To expose learners to visual texts and its reading formulas
To help learners develop a taste to appreciate works of literature through the organization of language
To help develop critical thinking
To help learners appreciate literature and the language nuances that enhances its literary values
To help learners understand the relationship between the world around them and the text/literature
To help learners negotiate with content and infer meaning contextually
To help learners understand logical sequencing of content and process information
· To help improve their communication skills for larger academic purposes and vocational purposes
· To enable learners to learn the contextual use of words and the generic meaning
· To enable learners to listen to audio content and infer contextual meaning
· To enable learners to be able to speak for various purposes and occasions using context specific language and
expressions
· To enable learners to develop the ability to write for various purposes using suitable and precise language.
Learning Outcome
· Understand how to engage with texts from various countries, historical, cultural specificities and
politics
· Understand and develop the ability to reflect upon and comment on texts with various themes
· Develop an analytical and critical bent of mind to compare and analyze the various literature
they read and discuss in class
· Develop the ability to communicate both orally and in writing for various purposes

language
Presentation skills
food
1. Long text: Witches’ Loaves
O Henry
2. Short text: Portion size is the trick!!!
By Ranjani Raman
Fashion
1.Long text: In the Height of Fashion-Henry Lawson
2. short text: Crazy for Fashion- BabatundeAremu

Language
Report writing
Language
Group Discussion
Architecture
1. long text: Bharat Bhavan
By Charles Correa
2. Short text: The Plain Sense of Things
By Wallace Stevens

Language
Interview skills and CV writing
Management
1.Long Text: The Amazing Dabbawalas of Mumbai- ShivaniPandita
2. Short Text:
If
By Rudyard Kupling
History
1. Long tet: Whose Ambedkar is he anyway?
By KanchaIlaiah
2. Short text: Dhauli

By JayantaMahapatra
language
Developing arguments- debating
War
1. Long text: An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge
By Ambrose Bierce
2. Short text: Strange meeting
By Wilfred Owen
language
Letter writing and email writing
Social Media
1.Long text: Facebook and the Epiphanator: An
End to Endings?
By Paul Ford
2. Short text: 'Truth in the me of Social Media' by Girish Balachandran
language
Ethics of wri ng on social media pla orms
visual text
BBC Documentary- Dabbawalas
ENGlogue 1
teacher manual and worksheets that teachers would provide. Listening skills worksheets.
Evaluation Pattern
CIA1- 20
MSE-50
CIA3- 20
ESE- 50 online and 50 written

FRN221 - FRENCH (2019 Batch)
French as second language for the UG program
Learning Outcome
Enhancement of linguistic competencies and sharpening of written and oral communicative skills.

Dossier 5 Highlights
1. Festivals and rituals in France
2. Telephone conversations- Social network- Guide and Forum of Travel
3. People magazines and the life of celebrities.
Dossier 6 Travel, Trips
1. Montreal- the seasons, the weather
2. Overseas France and the Reunion
3. Brussels, European capital

Dossier 7 It's my Choice
1. National health nutrition program and the week of taste – the typical meal and food habits in France
2. The great designers and the high fashion- Fashion and personal Image
3. Online shopping – Gift occasions

Dossier 8 Living in the city
1. Big stores and Purchase of current consumption- The Means of payment
2. The great chefs and the gastronomic guides - Restaurant critics
3. Memories of a place of life- The neo- rural

Dossier 9 places of life
1. The preferences of the French concerning their house
2. The look for accommodation- Alternative and atypic housing
3. Sharing accommodation
Tales
1. The fountain of the fairies- Raymond RICHELOT
2. The gallery hunting- Simon LAMBERT
1. Thakker, Viral. Plaisir d’écrire. New Delhi : Langers International Pvt. Ltd., 2011
2. French websites like Bonjour de France, Fluent U French, Learn French Lab, Point du FLE etc.

1. Berthet, Annie, Catherine Hugot et al. Alter Ego + A1. Paris : Hachette, 2012
2. Krishnan, Chitra. De Bouche à Oreille. New Delhi : Langers International Pvt Ltd., 2009
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern CIA (Weight) ESE (Weight)
CIA 1 – Assignments / Letter writing / Film review 10%
CIA 2 –Mid Sem Exam 25%
CIA 3 – Quiz / Role Play / Theatre / Creative projects 10%
Attendance 05%
End Sem Exam 50%
Total 50% 50%
HIN222 - HINDI (2019 Batch)
The text book “Samakaleen Kahaniyam” is a story collection edited by Dr. Vanaja and Published by
Rajpal and sons. New Delhi. In this semester film appreciation is one of the unit. To emphasize on
Functional Hindi, Movie Review and Business letters are also included in this syllabus.
Learning Outcome
Students are exposed to the world of Hindi fiction particularly short stories. It helps them to improve
their writing and analytical skills and film appreciation make them to know more about the thematic
and technical aspects of Cinema. By teaching business correspondence emphasis is being given to
functional Hindi too.
Story Collection -Samakaleen Kahaniyan
Samakaleen ‘Kahanyan ’ Ed by Dr.Vanaja, Pub.by Rajpal and Sons, Kashmiri Gate, New Delhi-6
All the lessons to be studied except 'Valentines day".
Level of knowledge: Analytical.

Film appreciation
English-Vinglish,Ankur,Theesari Kasam and Bagban.
Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Film Personalities
Adoor Gopalakrishnan,Girish Kasaravalli,Satyajith Rai,Shyam Benega and Dada Saheb Phalke.
.Level of knowledge:Analytical
Patra Lekhan (Business letter writing)
Avedan, Bank, Bima, Agency
Level of knowledge: Basic
1. Samakaleen Kahaniyam’ (Full Text) Ed by:Dr.Vanaja, Pub. by Rajpal and Sons, Kashmiri Gate,
New Delhi-6.
Samakaleen Kahaniyam’Ed by:Dr.Vanaja

Evaluation Pattern
CIA-1(Digital learning-Wikipedia)
CIA-2(Midsemester examination)
CIA-3(Digital learning-Wikipedia)
End semester examination

KAN222 - KANNADA (2019 Batch)
Course Description : The course is taught in the Second Semester for B.Com students. The selected Essays
of Nagesh Hegade G.Sham Paramashivaiah Ashish Nandi and Yeshwanth Donge are prescribed in the semester.The
syllabus will extend the concerns of Environment, Current Marketing trend, Folk belifes and social
justice. students will be introduced to the basic concepts of theatre arts. Students will use various creative drama
techniques to build confidence and trust, stimulate imagination, movement, and role-play. Through theatre games
and activities students will learn to lose inhibitions and will gain trust in themselves as well as others in their
groups.
Course Objective: Students in Drama and Theatre Arts will acquire and develop various fundamental
performance and produc on skills sufficient to prepare them for employment or graduate study in the theatre
and students will learn to deliver audience-appropriate theatrical presenta ons.
Learning Outcome
Learning Outcome: To demonstrate knowledge of theatre and dance history and literature and draw connections
between theatrical practices and social contexts in both modern and pre modern periods.
Kannada Play
: Amrapali- Dr. Prabhushankara.
Selected Kannada Essays
1.
1. Pashimaghattagala Patana- Nagesh Hegde
2. Janapada Kathe- G.S. Paramashiviah
3. Coco cola – Ashish Nandi
4. Online Marukatteya Kasta sukha – Yashvanth Donge

Writing Skills
1. Essay Writing
2. Conversation Writing
3. Report Writing
1.
1. Drama: Amrapali- Dr. Prabhushankara
Publishers: DVK Murthy
Krishnamurthy puram
Mysore -04
Samagra Kannada Sahitya Charithre, Prasaranga, Bangalore University.

Adhunika Kannada Nataka- K. Marulasiddappa
Evaluation Pattern
CIA-1 Digital Learning - Wikipedia - 20 Marks
CIA-2 Mid Semsester Examination- 50 Marks
CIA-3 Digitization of Kannada Novels - 20 Marks
End Semester Examination- 50 Marks

SAN222 - SANSKRIT (2019 Batch)
Origin and development of prose to understand the different theories and original nature of
Sanskrit Stories. "Mithrabeda from Panchatantram" provides an insight to the Stories. The basic
grammer only rules are given for usage in composition. Language component will help for
proper usage of Sanskrit language.
Learning Outcome
Origin and development ofProse and the great Authors the different syle of learning will
provide the knowledge of language.
. Origin and development of Prose
Origin and development of Prose
Level of knowledge: Basic/conceptual.

Mithralabha from Hitopadesha
Mithralabha from Hitopadesha

Grammar
Samasa prakaranam
conceptual/ Analytical
Visual text: Shankaracharya

language component
Composition in sanskrit on the general topics
Translation of unseen Sanskrit to English
Conceptual/ Analytical
Comprehension in sanskrit.
Mithrabedha from Panchatantram
Visual text: Shankaracharya

Recommended Reading : -
1) Mithrabedha from Panchatantram- Vishusharmana
2) Samskruta sahitya parampare by Achar;ya Balaceda upadyayda translated by Ramachandra

Shastri.
3) Sanskrit Grammar by M.R. Kale.
4) C.D watching or you tube

Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1 wikipedia assignment Evauated for 20 marks
CIA 2 Mid semester assignment Evaluated for 50 marks
CIA 3 Wikipedia assignment Evaluated for 20 marks

SDEC 112N - SOCIAL SENSITIVITY SKILLS (2019 Batch)
This course intends to facilitate coexistence in a rapidly changing world characterized by diversity and
exponential new development in social structure. The course aims create ability to practice harmonious
living and develop necessary skills to enrich each other in society. The skills covered will be: Social
adaptability, Environmental adaptability, Legal adaptability.
Course Objectives
To inculcate in students, the spirit of social tolerance, political responsibility and compassion
towards different sections of the society.
To create awareness among students about the various pertinent laws of the land they should be
aware of as responsible citizens and the consequences of their violations.
To sensitize the students towards environmental issues and encourage them to think of sustainable
alternative solutions.

Learning Outcome
After the completion of the course, the students will be:
More aware about their duties and responsibilities towards their society and fellow beings and will
be able to assess the impact and consequences of their actions on the society.
Able to understand the procedures to file FIRs and RTIs, applying for their driving licenses, PAN
card, VISA and other legal documentations.
Able to understand and exercise their rights and duties better and will have the knowhow of what
to be done during the time of emergencies.
Possessing the skills to examine environmental problems with a critical approach and will be able
to develop sustainable models to help resolve an environmental issue.

Social Adaptability
Social tolerance: Cultural acceptance, Political acceptance, Acceptance of all communities - gender and
gender preferences, Linguistic acceptance; Political responsibility: Duties as a responsible citizen,
Importance of participating in elections, Safeguarding of Public property; Community Service; Safety
of fellow beings: social safety, road safety, women safety, health and hygiene.
Legal Adaptability
Common Legal Knowledge: Relationships – Consent, Dominance, Privacy; Alcohol and drugs - Illegal
products, Narcotics Act, respecting organizations, Legal age; Ragging and bullying; Legal repercussions
of proxies; Dress code; Respecting other genders.Student Community: Laws related to residence; Driving
License, Aadhar, Visa, Passport; Public transport; Sexual harassment; Emergency services. International
students; Support systems; Laws in academia.
Environmental Adaptability
Reduction in the use of plastics; reduction in urban air and noise pollution; Cleaning water bodies.
Will be given by the concerned faculty.

Will be given by the concerned faculty.

Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Component Description Weightage
CIA I Exhibition 35%
Unit 1.
CIA II Individual Assignment (CIA 2) 30%
Unit 2
CIA III Presentation and Activity 35%
Unit 3
Total 100%
SDEC212N - EXPRESSIVE SKILLS (2019 Batch)
ACADEMIC AND PROFESSIONAL SKILLS
The course aims to impart effective academic writing and communication skills.
Learning Outcome
To effectively use facial expressions, gestures, intentionality, vocabulary, semantics (word/sentence
meaning), morphology, and syntax (grammar rules) in verbal and non-verbal communication
ACADEMIC AND PROFESSIONAL SKILLS
Under this training shall be provided on building personal brand, personal statement writing, public
speaking skills, mind mapping, decision making skills and deductive reasoning, visual presentation
skills, quality control, note taking skills, critical analysis writing, SOP, article analysis, writing
argumentative essays, resume writing, cover letters, job finding through online portal, group discussion
skills and panel discussion.
Along with these, professional skills will also be imparted such as paper presentation for conferences,
delivering formal presentation, professional communication, professional code of conduct, professional
letter writing, profession email writing and appearing for job interviews.
Psychometric Assessment and Socio- Psychological Education for
Students.
This will help students in assessing sleep quality, eating habits, Academic stress and procrastination,
learning Styles, emotional intelligence behaviour addiction, comprehensive interest styles personality
types.
NIL
NIL
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Component Description Weightage
CIA I Exhibition 35%
Unit 1.
CIA II Individual Assignment (CIA 2) 30%
Unit 2
CIA III Presentation and Activity 35%
Unit 3
Total 100%
TAM221 - TAMIL (2019 Batch)
No of Lecture
Hours/Week:3
This paper has a few collections from the ‘Individual Poems’ of Avvaiyar and Kalamegam to
show the students the ingenuity with the poets of the period mixing intelligence with
creativity. The unconventional and unorthodox views of life seen through theological eyes of
Siddhas are included. It also introduces the power of oral tradition through a collection of
interviews recorded and transcribed. These voices are from the marginalized communities
which had no opportunity to voice out their pains and sorrows.. Students will be exposed to
the art form of theatre through self experiece using internet resources like You Tube
Learning Outcome
The way in which the Tamil society has engaged modernity through aesthetic experience
and social consciousness is the concern of this package.
Medieval Literature
Poems of Avvaiyar, Kalamegam and Siddhas
Advanced Grammar
Grammar as reflected in the poems
Instilling Social Consciousness
Prose for Social consciousness/remembering the past
Refining Language Skills
Language Skills: Thodarpizhai Neekkam
Malliga, R et al (ed).Thamilppathirattu.Vol.I Bangalore: Prasaranga,2011
'Vai mozhi varalaru’ Ed: Vi.Arasu and Ki. ParthibhaRaja,Thannanaane Publications, Chennai, 2001
Meenakshisundaram T P, A History of Tamil

Literature, Annamalainagar, Annamalai
University, 1965
Varadarajan, Mu. Thamil Illakkia Varalaru .
New Delhi:Sahitya Akademi, 2008
Gopalakrishnan.S., Pathinen Siddhar Varalaru, Chennai: Mullai Pathippagam, 2012
Stephen,G (ed). Ayothidasar Sindhanaigal,

Thirunelveli: St.Xavier’s College, 1999
Theodore, Baskaran, Thamil Cinema Or Arimugam. Chennai: Kilakku Pathippagam, 2012
Pavendan, Dhiravida Cinema, Chennai: Kayal Kavin Books, 2013

Evaluation Pattern
It will be a mix of Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA) and End Semester Examinations. While the
end semester will be fully thory based the CIA will be based on Wikipedia entries, written assignment,
panel discussion, book review and other such activities. The total of 100 marks is divided equally
BBA311 - EXCEL : BASICS AND INTERMEDIATE (2018 Batch)
Course Description
The Microsoft Excel Basics course will provide learners with a core understanding of how to effectively operate and use the
Excel spreadsheet software. Excel is a complex, yet easy-to-use spreadsheet program that contains a multitude of much-needed
tools with very advanced options. While it's true that you can create an attractive spreadsheet and use simple formulae in Excel
with very little experience, that is just the tip of the iceberg when it comes to what Excel can truly do. This course goes in-
depth, using step-by-step instructions to teach basic techniques to broaden the students' knowledge and use of the program.
Course Objectives
· To familiarize oneself with Excel’s basic features
· To comprehend with the toolbars presented in Excel
· To construct formulae, including the use of built-in functions, and relative and absolute references
Learning Outcome
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
· Create outlines in excel
· Construct data charts and graphs
· Create, manage and format pivot tables and pivot charts
· Apply MS Excel mathematical functions

Introduction to Microsoft Excel
· Introduction to Spreadsheets
· Basic Spreadsheet Skills
· Excel Help System
· Opening and Closing Workbooks
· Understanding Workbook File Formats
· Creating New Workbooks
· Selecting Cells
· Auto Sum and Auto Fill Function
· Cell Referencing and Request
· Formatting Cells
Practice Exercises
Formatting Cells
· Editing, Copying and Moving Cells
· Page Layouts in Excel
· Proofing Workbooks
· Basic Options, Ribbons and Toolbar
· AutoFilter
· Advanced Filters
· Managing Windows
· Multiple Windows
· Splitting Windows
· Freezing Panes
· Linking Data
Practice Exercises
Sorting Data
· Sorting Data
· Using Excel Tables
· Filtering Data in Excel
· Find and Replace
· Headers and Footers
· Adding Comments
. Conditional Formatting
Chart Wizard
· Understand Charts
· Chart Design Options and Tools
· Chart Format Tools
· Combo Charts
. Functions within Excel
. Practice Excercises
Pivot Tables and Pivot Charts
· Create Pivot Tables
· Format pivot tables
· Create Pivot Charts
. Format Pivot Charts
. Practice Excercises
LOOKUP Functions
· VLOOK UP function
· HLOOK UP function
. Assessment
Frandsen, Torban Lage. (2010). Microsoft Office Excel 2007, Ventus Publishing
· https://www.tutorialspoint.com/advanced_excel/index.htm
· https://www.reed.co.uk/courses/microsoft-excel-3-course-bundle--basic-intermediate-advanced-courses-
only-24/67735
· https://www.homeandlearn.co.uk/excel2007/Excel2007.html
Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1 - Practical Test on Module 1 & 2 (30 marks)
CIA 2 - Practical Test on Module 3 & 4 (30 marks)
CIA 3 - Theory and Practical Test on Module 5 & 6 (30 marks)
Attendance and class participation 10 marks.

BBA331 - FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (2018 Batch)
· To give understanding and perspective on the finance function in the company and its relation to domestic
economy.
· To develop the knowledge on the type and characteristics of problems and the possibility of the occurrence
of the financial management problems and to increase the ability to handle the problems through reliable
approach and problem solving strategy development.
Learning Outcome
To familiarize students with thebasics and scope of financial management.
Employ alternative mechanisms for raising capital at different points in the firm’s growth cycle
Understand the process and methods of evaluating a long term project using capital budgeting
techniques and appreciate the risks and benefits involved
Appreciate the recent advances in corporate finance and their relevance for cost of capital and raising
capital.

Introduction to financial management
Meaning of finance and financial management, Types of finance – public and private finance , classification of
private finance – personal finance, business finance and finance of non-profit organization Importance and Scope
of financial management, Approaches to finance function Relationship of finance with other business functions,
Objectives of financial management – profit maximization and wealth maximization - merits and criticisms
Financial decisions, Internal relation of financial decisions, Factors influencing financial decisions Functions areas
of financial management, Functions of a finance manager.

Sources of finance
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual / Analytical
Ownership securities – Equity shares , Preference shares, Deferred shares, No par stock/shares, Shares with
differential rights, Sweat Equity Creditorship securities – Debentures – Zero coupon bonds, Zero interest bonds,
Callable bonds, Deep discount bonds Internal financing or ploughing back of profit – factors affecting ploughing
back of profits – merits and demerits Loan financing – short term and long term sources.

Capitalisation
Meaning of capitalization – Theories of capitalization – cost theory and earnings theory. Over capitalization and
under capitalization – causes – effects and remedies, Watered stock, Over trading and under trading

Capital Structure:
Meaning of capital structure and financial structure, principles of capital structure, optimum capital structure,
determinants of capital structure, capital structure and EPS – practical problems. Point of indifference , capital
gearing

Cost of capital:
Meaning of cost of capital, significance of cost of capital, components of cost of capital – computation of cost of
capital – practical problems.
Leverages:
Meaning of leverage, types of leverages – operating, financial and combined leverage, risk and leverage – practical
problems.
Capital budgeting
Meaning of capital budgeting, Importance , Need, Time value of money, capital budgeting process, project
appraisal by using traditional methods and modern methods Practical problems on payback period , rate of return
, NPV method , Profitability index, IRR methods
Dividend policy decisions
Meaning , Kinds , Bonus shares – merits and demerits, determinants of dividend policy decisions
Management of working capital
Meaning of working capital, types of working capital, working capital cycle, adequate working capital ,
determinants of working capital, estimation of working capital. Management of cash – cash budget – practical
problems. Management of inventory and debtors – theory only
Gupta,S,K.,Sharma,R.K.,& Gupta ,N(2018).Financial Management.Kalyani
Publishers.
Khan, M.Y. & Jain, P.K.(2018). Financial Management. New Delhi, India. Tata McGraw Hill.
Chandra, P.(2018).Financial Management.New Delhi, India. Tata McGraw Hill Book Co.
Pandey,I.M.(2018). Financial Management. New Delhi, India. Vikas Publishing House.

Evaluation Pattern
Continous Internal Assessment (CIA 1 & 3 for 60 marks; 50% weightage)
Mid Sem Exam for 50 marks (50% weightage)
End Sem Exam for 100 marks (40% weightage)
Attendance 5 marks
BBA332 - CORPORATE LAW (2018 Batch)

The objectives of this course to educate the students by imparting the knowledge of rules and regulations relating
to the management of Company in India in an ever-changing environment to contribute effectively to the industry
in particular and to the society in general.
Learning Outcome
By the time they complete the course they would have basic knowledge about laws that are applicable for
Companies in India. They will get a fair idea as to the Legal Compliance Requirements for Companies.

Introduction to Company Law
Development of Company Law in India- Objects of the Act.Meaning and definition of Company, Definition of
Subsidiary and Joint Venture Company. Special features, - Kinds of Companies Features of various types of
companies Differences between Private and Public companies, Producer Company Punishment for improper use
of Limited or Private Limited, Associate company- Small Company.

Formation of A Company
Promotion Role of Promoters Position of Promoters-Incorporation of a Company Memorandum of Association Its
contents and alteration Doctrine of Ultra vires(Ultra Vires Company & Ultra Vires Directors) Articles of
Association Its contents Distinction between Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association Doctrine of
Constructive Notice Doctrine of Indoor Management & Its Exceptions Certificate of Incorporation and
Commencement of Business.

Share Capital and Borrowings
Prospectus Its contents Statement in lieu of Prospectus-Golden Rule of Framing of Prospectus-Misstatements in
Prospectus & Remedies for Misstatement Allotment of Shares Irregular Allotment-Effects of Irregular Allotment.
Loan and investment by company, Investments of company to be held in its own name.

Membership of a company
Member & Shareholder: Meaning & Distinction. Eligibility for Membership. Modes of Acquiring Membership
Cessation/Termination of Membership Rights and Liabilities of Members Register of Members.

Company Management
Definition, Appointment of key managerial personnel, , position of directors, Powers & duties of directors,
Maximum No. of Directors to be fifteen. Audit Committees, Nomination and Remuneration Committee and
Stakeholders Relationship Committee, Appointment of CSR Committee. Related Party Transactions. Liability of
directors, types of directors, Contract by One Person Company, removal, disqualification, control, interested
director, (Meaning& Definition)Rights and duties of managerial personnel their remuneration, Overall maximum
managerial remuneration and managerial remuneration in case of absence or inadequacy of profits, Disclosure of
Interest by Directors, Register of contracts or arrangements in which directors are interested, Compensation for
loss of office of , Director, managing or whole-time director or manager. Audit Committees, Nomination and
Remuneration Committee and Stakeholders Relationship Committee, Prevention of oppression and
mismanagement Role of Auditor (Reporting on Fraud), Appointment & Rotation, Additional Responsibility of
Independent Director, Fraud Risk Mitigation, Penalties for Fraud-Powers of Court and Central Government,

Company Meetings and Company Secretary.
Meetings of Board of Directors Meetings of shareholders Statutory meeting Annual General Meeting
Extraordinary General Meeting Resolutions - Quorum Principle of Majority rule Protection of minority interest
Investigation Company Secretary- Qualifications Appointment Duties. Secretarial Audit for Bigger companies.

Corporate Restructuring and Winding Up
Compromise, Arrangement, Merger and amalgamation of companies. Merger or amalgamation of company with
foreign company, Cross Border Merger & Fast Track Merger, Power to acquire shares of shareholders dissenting
from scheme or contract approved by majority, Purchase of Minority shareholding, Power
of Central Government to provide for amalgamation, Class action, of companies in public interest, Liability of
officers in respect of offences committed prior to merger, amalgamation, etc.
Types of winding up winding up by the Court Voluntary winding up (members voluntary winding up and
creditors voluntary winding up)- Company Liquidator(Meaning & Definition) Winding up subject to the
supervision of the Court Liquidator Appointment, his duties, powers and liabilities, Preferential payments,
Overriding preferential payments, Settlement of list of contributories and application of assets, Removal and
Replacement of Liquidator, Effect of winding up order. Stay of suits, etc., on winding up order Consequences of
winding up. Exercise and control of Company Liquidator's powers, Audit of Company Liquidator's accounts, Final
meeting and dissolution of company.
Limited Liability Partnership
AnalyticalIntroduction to LLP; Basis of LLP, Nature of LLP; Distinguishing features of LLP; Main benefits of LLP;
Who may form an LLP; Who can be partner in LLP; Who cannot be a partner in LLP; How many partners are
required for an LLP; Name of LLP; Registered Office; Business activities of LLP; Governance and Administration
of LLP; Position of Designated Partners; Whistle blowing; Responsibilities of Designated partners; Liability of LLP;
Liability of designated partners; Designated Partners, Registration Procedure; Conversion of Partnership Firms in
to LLP, Winding up and dissolution
AAvatar, S. (2014). Company Law, Eastern Book Company, Lucknow.

Bhagava & Bhargava2013-Circulars & Clarifications on Company Law, Taxman Publications, New Delhi.
2. Chandratre.K.R(2013).Compendium on Capital Issues & Listing, Taxman Publications, New Delhi.
3. .Datey. (2013) Students Guide to Corporate Laws. Taxman Publications, New Delhi.
4. Gulshan.S.S (2013). Company Law, EXCEL BOOKS, New Delhi.
5. Ramaiah-(2014). Company Law: Text & cases. Law House Publication, Allahabad.
Evaluation Pattern
CIA = 60 (CIA I = 15 Marks Weightage + CIA II 30 Marks weightage ( MSE )+ CIA III 15 Marks weightage)
ESE = 40
BBA333 - INNOVATION AND CREATIVITY IN BUSINESS (2018 Batch)

Course Description:
Actual business context requires a degree of adaptation to change which requires the acquisition of new skills and
abilities to seize opportunities and improve productivity and economic performance. This course deals with the
study of innovation and creativity. Students are expected to understand and identify strategies to promote ideas on
innovative /creative products or services and necessary actions to implement them successfully.
Course Objectives:
To understand the concept of innovation, its components and its importance for the company and
organizations in general.
To develop a practical framework for the design and implementation of a systematic innovation strategy.
To incorporate and examine adequate tools for formulation of a business model and a business plan.
To evaluate the theoretical issues with the concrete reality through work on actual experiences of companies
that have a culture in innovation and test successful business cases.
To encourage students to develop their own businesses.
Learning Outcome
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
Critically analyse creativity, barriers to creativity and how creativity leads to innovation.
Develop and implement strategies to enhance personal creativity and transform it to innovation.
Apply teamwork skills: process, collaboration, inter-personal skills, oral and written communication skills.

Introduction tot he process of innovation
Incremental and Radical Innovation, Factors that favours incremental innovation, Innovation in processes, Service
innovations.
The concept of S-curve
The S curve explained, Three lessons, Where do you stand on the S- curve? Limits to these lessons.
Idea generation
New Knowledge, Tapping the ideas of customers, Learning from the lead users, Empathetic design, Invention
factories and Skunkworks, Open market innovation, The role of mental preparation, How management can
encourage idea generation, Two idea generating techniques.
Recognizing opportunities and Moving innovation to market
A method for opportunity recognition, Rough -cut business evaluation.The idea funnel, Stage-gate systems, A
caution on funnels and stage-gate systems, Financial issues, Extending innovation through platforms.
Creativity and creative groups
Myths about creativity, three components of individual creativity, Characteristics of creative groups, Handling
conflicts in groups, Time pressure and creativity. Enhancing creativity: enriching the organization and workplace,
Organisational enrichment, Enriching the physical workplace.
Role of Leaders in promoting innovation
Develop an innovation -friendly culture, establish strategic direction, be involved with innovation, be open but
skeptical, Improve the idea-to-commercialisation process, apply portfolio thinking, put people with the right stuff in
charge, create an ambidextrous organisation.
Books for Reference:
P. Rizwan Ahmed (2015). Creative & Innovation Management, Margham Publications.
R. Keith Sawyer (2014). Explaining Creativity: The Science of Human Innovation,Oxford University Press
Richard Luecke (2003). Guide to Managing Creativity and Innovation, Harvard Business Press.
Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1 - 30 marks
CIA 2 - 50 marks
CIA 3 - 30 marks
BBA334 - SERVICE MANAGEMENT (2018 Batch)
A service is a provider/client interaction that creates and captures value. Because a successful service
provider-client relationship has a critical dependency upon a well-defined and functional relationship.
This course will provide an overview of service management from an integrated viewpoint with a
focus on customer satisfaction. The material will integrate operations, marketing, strategy, information
technology and organizational issues.
Course Objectives:
● To provide students with basic knowledge on management of services
● To equip students with in-depth understanding of contemporary issues in services
management
● To enable students to design service management initiatives for different industries.
Learning Outcome
● Understand the "state of the art" in service management strategies.
● Develop an awareness of how information technology can enhance service firms
competitiveness.
● Understand the process to deliver optimal service quality.
● Understand the tools for analyzing and optimizing the service experience.
● Understand the operational processes for managing the service encounter to achieve
internal and
● external customer satisfaction.
● Understand the complexities associated with implementing change.

Introduction to Service Marketing
Understanding Services Phenomenon; Growth of Service Sector; Role of services the Economy; The concept of Services:
Characteristics of services; Classification of services
Marketing Mix in Service Industry
Product in services, price, promotion, Place, process, people, physical evidence (concepts only).Flower
of service,New service development, Knowledge of the Customer Involvement in Service Processes;
Customer behaviour in Service Settings; Targeting Customers, Managing relationships and building
Loyalty.
Planning and Managing Service Delivery
Creating delivery systems in place, GAPS Model, Enhancing Value by Improving Quality and
Productivity; SERVQUAL, Service Blueprint, Balancing Demand & Capacity; Managing customers
reservations & waiting list configurations.
Travel & Tourism Services
Introducing to Tourism Marketing- Concept & Nature of Tourism; Significance & Impact of Tourism,
Evolution of Tourism, Tourism Market Segmentation; Tourism marketing Mix- Introduction to Travel
services, Medical tourism.
(i) Role of Travel Agencies & Travel Organization
(ii) Tour Operations
(m) Airline Service Marketing
(iv) Road & Rail service
(v) Travel by Sea

Hotel and Hospitality Services
Introduction to Hotel Industry: Hotels; Evolution of Hotel Industry; Development of Hotels- Facilities- The guest Cycle-
Grades of hotels: Meaning of Hospitality-Marketing Mix of Hospitality Industry
Marketing of Banking & Insurance Services
Marketing of Insurance services
1. Life Insurance - Whole life. Term Insurance, Endowment insurance, survivorship Insurance
2. General insurance - Marine insurance, Fire insurance, Building insurance, Motor insurances
3. Miscellaneous Insurance - Personal accident, Burglary & theft. Workmen's compensation,
Fidelity guarantee. Medi-claim, Policy for jewellery, Videsh yatra policy
Marketing of Banking Services: A brief insight into Indian Banking scenario; Issues in Banking;
Types of Banking services-Marketing of services. Market research in Indian Banks.
Healthcare Services
Hospital service Management - Introduction to Hospitals; classification of hospitals Development of
Hospitals; Latest development in the hospital classification, marketing the medical transcription
services. Medical tourism.
Chatterjee, J. (2010). Services Management. New Delhi: Pearson Education.

Christopher Lovelock, J. J. (2010). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Pearson Education.
K. Douglas Hoffman, J. E. (2010). Services Management. New Delhi: Pearson Education.
Rao, K. R. (2010). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Pearson Education.
Steve Baron, K. H. (2010). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Pearson Education
Valarie A. Zeithaml, M. J. (2010). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
Evaluation Pattern

CIA –
CIA – 1 CIA – 3
2 Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
Marks Marks
Marks – 10 Marks – 10 Marks – 10 Marks – 10 Marks – Marks –
– 10 – 50
(5)* (5)* (5)* (5)* 10 (5)* (5)*
(5)* (25)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Analysis/Case presentation Participation Review /
Assignment Test
Simulation / Mini / Quiz / Test Book
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
BBA335 - BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEM (2018 Batch)

The objective of Business Information System (BIS) is to make students aware about how information systems work in
different functional areas and provide information according to the needs of different management levels. This course
covers basic concepts and its understanding would help students to lean most recent variants of the information systems.
After going through this course, student will be able to differentiate between BIS requirement based on functional area
and fundamentals of its designing. They will learn about security issues and ethics related to the information systems.
To provide students with basic concepts in information system and the benefits with these
systems in modern society
To understand systems definition, systems requirements, and information needed for decision
maker
To identify several methods to enhance and develop information systems and to manage the
information system recourses
To understand several ethical issues in information system
To expose students to real application of Business Information System
Learning Outcome
This course helps students to understand terminology used in the field of Business Information
System and how IT principles can apply to various application areas of businesses. The course
focuses on the basic principles of Information System components, Strategic Information System, e-
business, Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Decision Support Systems (DSS), Artificial
Intelligence (AI) and Expert Systems (ES), and the ethical and societal issues involved in Business
Information System.
FOUNDATION CONCEPTS OF INFORMATION SYSTEM
Conceptual and Foundations: Concept of Business Information System, Components of Information System,
Types of Information systems (Classification), Information System Activities, Strategic use of Information System,
Business Process Reengineering, Marketing Information Systems – Human Resource Information Systems,
Financial Information Systems, Enterprise Resource Planning
RELATIONAL DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
DBMS Introduction, components of DBMS – functions of DBMS –Data Dictionary – database user –
Introduction to RDBMS. Structured Query Language (SQL) –DDL, DML and DCL. –Queries and
Sub-queries – Examples Joins and unions. PL/SQL Database implementation
RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT & SQL (PRACTICAL)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
DDL and DML Commands.

Join Queries.
Views and Set operations.
Built in functions.
Nested Queries.
Aggregate Functions

DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
Classical, Administrative and Political Decision making Model and Herbert Simon's Models -
Structured Vs Unstructured Decisions, Types of Decision Support Systems, Group Decision Support
Systems – Executive Information Systems - Executive Support Systems - Expert Systems and
Knowledge Based Expert Systems - Artificial Intelligence
DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEM
Overview of Information System and Development Methods, Requirement Analysis & Design of
Information Systems Development, System Development Life Cycle, Software Testing,
Implementation & Evaluation, Extreme Programming, Agile software development framework,
SCRUM, KANBAN, Lean Development, Capability Maturity Model in IT organizations software
development process
STRATEGIC INFORMATION SYSTEM & FINANCIAL
TECHNOLOGY
Cloud Computing, Grid Computing, Knowledge Management Systems, Pervasive Computing
Introduction to Financial Technology & Blockchain Technology, Robotic Process Automation

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LAW & CYBER LAW
Information Technology Act, Right to Information Act, Cyber Crimes against Individuals, Institution
and State, Hacking, Digital Forgery, Cyber Stalking/Harassment, Cyber Pornography, Identity Theft &
Fraud, Cyber terrorism, Cyber Defamation, Different offences under IT Act, 2000, Digital Signature –
Legal Issues & Technical Issues, Cryptography, Cyber Law – Policy Issues & Emerging Trends
1. Kenneth C. Laudon and Jane Price Laudon, Management Information Systems – Managing the
digital firm, PHI Learning / Pearson Education, PHI, Asia, 2016 (Latest Edition).
1. James A O’Brien & George M Marakas, “Management Information Systems", Tata McGraw Hill
Publishers, 10th Edition, 2017
2. Turban and Aronson, Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems, Pearson
Education Asia, 2011.
3. Justice Yatindra Singh, Cyber Laws, Universal Law Publishing Co, New Delhi, 2012.
4. Murthy, C.S.V. Management Information System: Text and Applications. Mumbai: Himalaya
Publishing House, 2013.
5. Waman S. Jawadekar, Management of Information Systems, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2011.
Evaluation Pattern
CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
1.Semester 1 and 2:
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA336 - BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT (2018 Batch)

No of Lecture
Hours/Week:4
This course provides an overview of the contemporary business environment. The political, legal,
regulatory and trading environment in which firms operate will be examined. Students will explore the
operation of businesses in the Indian and global economy and assess challenges and opportunities
presented by environmental factors.
Course Objectives: The main objectives of this course are to:
Understand the overall business environment.

Analyze the role of business environment in business decision making.
Evaluate the various components of the business environment.
Create a conceptual model for the effects of the business environment on organizations.
Learning Outcome
On completion of this course, students will be able to:
Understand the nature of the business environment in the current scenario.
Identify the role and importance of the business environment in the present world.
Familiarize students with the components of business environment.
Develop a conceptual framework of the business environment and its effect on businesses at
home and globally.

Introduction to Business Environment
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Concept of Business, Type of Business Environment – Internal, External, Micro and Macro, Business
system/process; classification of business; classification of industries; characteristics of business; goals
of business; summary. Techniques for environmental analysis; steps in/approaches to environmental
analysis

Economic Environment
Nature of the economy; structure of the economy; economic policies; economic conditions; The
Planning Commission; NITI Aayog; Introduction, Regulatory Role of Government, Promotional Role
of Government, Participatory Role of Government, Conciliatory and Judicial Role of Government,
Impact of India’s Industrial Policy on Economic Reforms. Industrial Policy, Objectives of New
Economic Policy – 1991, Emphasis of NEP on Liberalization, NEP and Privatization, NEP effect on
Globalization. Public, Private, Joint and Cooperative Sectors, Public sectors.

Socio Cultural Environment
Business and Society, Culture, Language, Religion and other socio cultural factors; Population Size,
Falling birth rate and changing age structure, migration and ethnic aspects.

Political & Legal Environment
Level of Knowledge:Conceptual
Business & Political Factors, Types Political Systems, Function and Economic role of Government in
India. Introduction to Legal Environment, Laws related to Business; Objective and General Provisions
of Company Law, Consumer Protection Act, Competition Law, Intellectual Property Rights & Labor
Legislation in India

Financial Environment
An Overview of the Financial System, Components of Financial System, Financial Institutions and
their Roles, Financial Institutions in India, Role of Foreign Direct Investment.
Natural and Technological Environment
Natural environment; technological environment; innovation; technological leadership and followership; technology
and competitive advantage; sources of technological dynamics; time lags in technology introduction/absorption;
appropriate technology and technology adaptation; impact of technology on globalization; IT and marketing;
transfer of technology. Introduction to E Commerce/E Business.
Global Environment
Globalization of Business, Meaning & Dimensions; Stages of Globalization, Essential Conditions of

Globalization, Foreign Market Entry Strategies; Pros and Cons of Globalization

· C.Rangarajan. (2000). Perspectives on Indian Economy: A Collection of Essays. New Delhi: S.Chand &
Sons.
· K.Aswathappa. (2016). Essentials of Business Environment (13 ed.). New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing
House.
· Saleem, S. (2015). Business Environment (3 ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education.

Cherunilam, F. (2017). Business Environment - Text and Cases (25 ed.). New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing
House.
Evaluation Pattern
Grading in the course will be dependent on CIAs (30%), Mid Term (25%), End Sem (40%) and Attendance (5%).
CIAs are opportunities to engage in the course and learn continuously as the course progresses, and will have
multiple components.
BBA351 - RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (2018 Batch)
To give basic concepts of research and its process. To make the students aware of sampling design, data collection
and analytical tools and its role in objectivity of research Understanding of Research report as the output of a
research work and systematized knowledge. The course is designed to provide experiential learning in all the
modules.
Learning Outcome
· To make them well versed with the various methodologies of research and statistical
applications in business decisions prepare a project proposal (to undertake a project)
· To organize and conduct research (advanced project) in a more appropriate manner

INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS RESEARCH
Definition, Objectives of research, Characteristics of research - Scientific Method, Types of research,
Criteria for Good research, Business research in organizations - Decision Support, Ethics in research.
RESEARCH PROCESS AND CONCEPTS IN RESEARCH
Research Process - Steps in research, Research designs for Experimental, Explorative and Explanatory.
Concepts - Methodology and Methods, Theory, concepts, constructs variables, Deductive and inductive
logic.
FORMULATION OF RESEARCH PROBLEM AND
HYPOTHESES
Identifying and formulating research problem, Diagnosis of symptoms and problem. Setting research
objectives.Doing review of literature – purpose, methods. Hypothesis – Meaning, Purpose, Sources, characteristics
of hypotheses, types of hypothesis, testing of hypothesis
MEASUREMENT SCALES & SAMPLING TECHNIQUES
Measurement – Types of Scales, Scaling techniques, characteristics of good instrument, and errors in
measurement, Reliability and validity of research instruments. Sampling - Significance of sampling,
Concepts, Steps in sampling, Criteria for good sample, Methods of sampling, determining sample size.

DATA COLLECTION
Data sources - primary and secondary data, Data Collection methods- Survey, observation, Interview, focus group
technique. Data collection instruments - Questionnaire, schedule, electro-mechanical devices
STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR ANALYSIS
Statistical Testing : Parametric vs. Non parametric, Logic, Confidence Intervals, Power of the test,
Normal Curve, Normality Test, Homogeneity of variance, Bootstrapping
T-Test: One Sample, Independent Sample, Paired Sample. Analysis of variance: General
DATA ANALYSIS
Data processing – Editing, coding, tabulation, pictorial and graphical presentation of Data, problems in processing,
transcribing.Selection of statistical methods – based on objectives, type of scale.Overview of types of statistical
analysis – descriptive, validation and inferential tools.Overview of Non-parametric and Qualitative data analysis
tools.
REPORT WRITING AND PRESENTATION OF RESULTS
Classification and tabulation, Graphical representation, Research presentation, Types of report -
Research proposal, research report. Format of a report- Layout, Standards (Introduction to APA
formatting), Precautions.
Gupta, S. K., &Raugi, P. (2014). Research Methodology: Methods Tools and Techniques (3 ed.).
Ludhiana: Kalyani Publication.
1. Bryman, Alan and Bell, Emma (2011), Business Research Methods, 3/e, Oxford University Press
2. Chawla, D., &Sondhi, N. (2011). Research Methodology: Concepts and cases. New Delhi: Vikas
Publishing House
3. Gupta, S. L and Gupta, Hitesh (2012), Business Research Methods, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Private Limited, New Delhi
4. Krishnaswamy, K.N., Sivakumar, A.I., Mathirajan, M (2007), Management Research

Methodology, Pearson, New Delhi
5. Kothari, C. R. (2009). Research Methodology Methods & Techniques (2 ed.). New Delhi:
VishwaPrakashan.
6. Krishnaswami, O., &Ranganatham, M. (2013). Methodology of Research in Social Sciences.

Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House.
7. Majhi, P. R., &Khatua, P. K. (2013). Research Methodology (Concepts, Methods, Techniques and
SPSS). Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House.
Srivastava. T. N and RegoShailaja (2012), Business Research Methodology, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, New Delhi
Evaluation Pattern
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks

BBA361 - MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS (2018 Batch)
No of Lecture
Hours/Week:4
This course intends to provide the basis for understanding microeconomics concepts and theories that
influences the decisions of consumers and business firms.
Course Objectives:
To provide a strong theoretical base of microeconomics principles and concepts applied in the field of
management.
To provide a strong understanding of the challenges of modern managers in the decision making process.
To enable the students to apply the knowledge in the practical situations.
Learning Outcome
This course intends to provide the students understanding of various microeconomic variables that
determine business decisions and consumer’s purchase decisions. Specifically, the syllabus aims to
develop fundamental economic principles, theories and concepts useful to business managers.
Level of Knowledge
Basic knowledge of microeconomics utility and consumer behavior is required to take up the course.

Basic Concepts
Level of Knowledge: Basic / Conceptual
Ten principles of economics: How people make decisions, how people interact and how the economy as a whole
works- Role of observations and theory in economics- Role of assumptions- Role of Economic models- Wants and
resources; Problem of choice, Production Possibility Frontier; Opportunity cost; Basic economic problems common
to all economies
Demand and supply
Law of demand, Reasons for the downward slope of the demand curve. Exceptions to the law; Changes in
demand; Elasticity of Demand- Degrees of price elasticity with diagrams; Factors determining price elasticity,
methods of measurement. Income elasticity demand; Cross elasticity demand; Demand forecasting- Methods;
Laws of supply, Changes in supply- Consumers, Producers and the Efficiency of the Markets: Consumer’s surplus
(Marshall), Producer surplus and Market efficiency- Externalities and Market inefficiency- Public goods and
common resources.
Theory of Consumer Choice and New Frontiers in Microeconomics
Cardinal utility analysis; Law of diminishing marginal utility; Consumer’s surplus (Marshall), Ordinal utility
analysis. Indifference curves- Properties, consumer’s equilibrium, Price effect, Income Effect and substitution
Theory of Production and Cost
Production function; Law of Variable proportions; Laws of returns, Economies of scale; Producer’s Equilibrium
with the help of iso-quants and iso-cost lines. Cost function - Important cost concepts.
Short run and long run cost analysis (traditional theory) Modern theory of cost- Long run and short run. Revenue
analysis. AR and MR
Product Pricing and Factor Pricing
Market structure- Perfect competition, Price and output determination- Role of time element in market price
determination. Monopoly- Price output determination, Price discrimination Monopolistic Competition. Price and
Output determination. Selling costs. Product differentiation- oligopoly; Price determination (collusive pricing,
price leadership)
N. Gregory Mankiw (2012), Principles of Microeconomics, 4th Edition, Cengage Learning India.
nil
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern
CIA (Weight age) ESE (Weight age)

Core Subjects 60% 40%
Non Core Subjects (English & Languages) 50% 50%
CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
Assessment Pattern for Generic Electives

Activity/Case
(15 Marks) Study

(15 Marks) Marks)
1.Semester 1 and 2:
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA381 - INDUSTRY REVIEW PROJECT (2018 Batch)

PARAMETERS FOR COMPARATIVE ANALYSISOF COMPANIES OF AN
INDUSTRY
1. Name of the enterprise &Year of Establishment
2. No. of. Employees and brief profile of employees
3. Profile of CEO/CMD
4. Total Share Capital& Share holding pattern

5. Total Sales Turn Over including foreign sales
6. Board of Directors/Management Profile.
7. Major Competitors
8. Annual Growth rate last 5 years
9. No of Subsidiaries (If applicable)
10. Headquarters
11. Market Share [during last three years]
12. Mergers and Acquisitions, JointVentures , collaborations & Strategic Alliances.
13. Diversification and other businesses (If applicable)
14. Nature of business & main business& other businesses.
15. Product profile(Range of Products)
16. No. of Patents/ Trade Marks/ Copy Rights(if any)
17. Market capitalization (incase of public company) in India or abroad
18. Number of awards &Recognitions (if any)
19. Market capitalization (In case of listed public company)
20. Litigations, if any.

Learning Outcome
After the completion of the project, students will be able to
1. Understand the functions of the Indian industry

2. Analyse financial performance of the companies under a given sector
3. Advise clients on the investment opportunities in the shares of sectoral comanies listed on
BSE and NSE.

Table of Contents
Chapter Content Pg. Nos.

Chapter I Introduction to the Industry
Company Profile
Chapter II · Company 1
· Company 2
· Company 3
Chapter III Research Methodology
Chapter IV Comparative Analysis
Chapter V Conclusion
Bibliography and Annexure

CMIE Prowess Database
Indian Economic Review

Indian Economic Review

Evaluation Pattern
Project Submission
Viva Voce
BBA411A - ADVANCED EXCEL AND DATA VISUALIZATION (2018 Batch)

Course Description
Advanced Excel is a comprehensive tutorial that provides a good insight into the latest and advanced
features available in Microsoft Excel 2013. It has plenty of screenshots that explain how to use a
particular feature, in a step-by-step manner.
Required Materials
ŸLaptop
ŸMS Excel 2013 and above versions
Prerequisite Knowledge
The learners of this tutorial are expected to have a good prior understanding of the basic
features available in Microsoft Excel.
Learning Objectives
1. To utilize Data Consolidation feature to combine data from several workbooks into one.
2. To analyze diversified data validation techniques.
3. To inspect a range of lookup and reference functions

To construct and operate PivotTables using some of the more advanced techniques
Learning Outcome
Learning Outcome:
Students are able to develop critical report on data in a list using PivotTables, edit and analyse complex data using advanced
features such as Scenarios, Goal Seek and Solver, incorporate built-in functions into a worksheet, work with controls and
record macros.
Introduction to Advance Excel
Level of Knowledge: Application
Using Text to Columns, the Paste Special Function, Tracking Changes in Excel, Merging and Compare Excel Workbooks,
Data Validation, Subtotals and Grouping, Consolidating Data
Scenario Analysis
Scenario Analysis, Data Tables in Scenario Analysis, What-if Analysis, Mats and Trig Functions, Text Functions in Excel
Lookup Functions
Using Lookup Functions, Vlookups, HLookups, Using Statistical Functions, Databse Functions, Formaula Auditing and Error
Tracing, Hyperlinks in Excel, Linking Data
Pivot Table
Understanding Pivot Tables, Using Pivot Charts, Workbook Properties, Protecting and Sharing Worksheets, Understanding to
Macros, Custom Number Formats in Excel, Using Custom Lists, Working with Templates, Data Encrypting and Finalising
Workbooks
Data Analysis
Data analysis in Excel using classic tools, such as pivot tables, pivot charts, and slicers, on data that is already in a worksheet /
grid data, Excel data model, DAX expression, Power Query add-in in Excel 2013, build an Excel data model from a single flat
table, import multiple tables from a SQL database, Create a mash-up between data from text-files and data from a SQL
database.
Other Functions and Assessment
Cube functions, Timelines, Hierarchies, Slicer and Assessment (MCQ)
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/advanced_excel/index.htm
https://www.reed.co.uk/courses/microsoft-excel-3-course-bundle--basic-intermediate-advanced-
courses-only-24/67735
Evaluation Pattern
EVALUATION PATTERN
Participation Creativity of ideas Presentation Total marks
4 3 3 10 marks
BBA411F - PROJECT MANAGEMENT SKILLS (2018 Batch)
Course Description:
Project management has been proven to be the most effective method of delivering products within cost, schedule, and
resource constraints. This intensive and hands-on series of courses gives you the skills to ensure your projects are completed
on time and on budget while giving the user the product they expect. You will gain a strong working knowledge of the basics
of project management and be able to immediately use that knowledge to effectively manage work projects.
Course Objective:
The students will be able to:

· Understand the importance of good project planning, project design, monitoring, and evaluation.
· Learn, practice and apply project management skills and techniques using ‘Games’ or
‘Simulation’ oriented approach.
Learning Outcome
Course Outcome:
After the completion of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate how project elements can be clearly identified, planned, executed and risks assessed and
reduced.
2. Plan and schedule the activities of the project.
3. Assess the resource requirement and estimate the project time and cost.
4. Demonstrate the understanding of the game-oriented framework that they can use within their own project
team in their organisation.

Introduction to Project Management
Spend time learning about Project Integration Management. Through these lessons, you are provided
with details on the activities encompassed in the Integration processes.
Project Scope Management
Focus on Project Scope Management as you learn the ins and outs of identifying project requirements,
creating the WBS, and establishing project metrics, Delve into the inputs, tools and techniques, and
outputs encompassed within Project Time Management. Make time your asset as you learn how to
work with a project schedule, focus on creating realistic deadlines, and observe how to effectively
distribute project resources.
Project Cost Management
Go step-by-step through Project Cost Management as you study budget constraints, and the
relationship between quality, scope, and resources, Dig into Project Quality Management. The
practices and tools you learn here will help you to maintain the project's quality standards, while
balancing financial and time sacrifices.
Project Human Resources Management
Study to learn more about Project Human Resources Management, It's important to have the
appropriate resources at the right time. Discover the tools and techniques needed to gain those
resources, Explore Project Communications Management. Increase team communication to ensure
project success as you gain a deeper understanding of how to plan and execute communications
internally and externally.
Project Risk Management
Learn about Project Risk Management. There are two types of risk that you need to learn how to
respond. Find out ways to identify and analyze risk, as well as how to quantify and mitigate risk,
Concentrate on Project Procurement Management. You will study the seller-buyer relationship, and
how to acquire the products you need to complete the project deliverables.
Project Stakeholder Management
Avoid stakeholder problems as you get into Project Stakeholder Management. You will learn how to
incorporate stakeholders at the appropriate time, how to work with their opinions and needs, along with
observing how to respond to them and Final Exam/ Assessment
Reference:
https://thedigitalprojectmanager.com/project-management-skills/
https://www.goskills.com/Project-Management/Articles/Project-management-skills
https://www.pmi.org/learning/library/ore-competencies-successful-skill-manager-8426
https://thedigitalprojectmanager.com/project-management-skills/
Project Management: by Adrienne Watt, (2014) The B.C. Open Textbook
Evaluation Pattern
CIA -1 = 30 marks
CIA -2 = 30 marks
CIA -3 = 30 marks
Class participation / attendance = 10 marks
TOTAL = 100 marks

BBA431 - COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (2018 Batch)
Course Description: This subject is included in the syllabus with an intention to equip the students
with adequate knowledge about the various aspects of Cost and Management Accounting and
facilitate them to learn different methods and techniques used in the ascertainment of cost of
various products and services by different types of Industries. It further equips the students with
techniques of analysing financial and cost statements and provides data to Management for decision
making.
Course Objective:
· To equip students with knowledge of how to ascertain of cost of products and services
provided by different types of Industries.
Equips the students with techniques of analysing financial and cost statements and provides data to Management for
decision making
Learning Outcome
On completion of the course the students are expected to acquire:
a) Adequate knowledge onhow toascertain the cost of various products and services offered by
different types of Industries.
b) The ability to analyze financial statements and provides data to Management for decision
making.
c) Sufficient knowledge about Budgetary control

Introduction to Cost and management accounting
Definitions, features, objectives, functions, scope, advantages and limitations. Relationship and
differences between Cost accounting ,Management accounting and Financial accounting.
Cost Concepts-Cost classification – Elements of cost - Preparation of cost sheet and quotation
Cost Concepts-Cost classification – Elements of cost - Preparation of cost sheet and quotation.
Material Cost: direct and indirect material cost, Inventory control techniques-stock levels, EOQ, ABC
analysis. Issue of materials to production- pricing methods-FIFO, LIFO and Average methods.
Labor cost: direct and indirect labour cost-methods of payment of wages including incentive plans -
Halsey and Rowan plans, Tailors Piece Rate method.
Overheads: features, classification, methods of allocation and apportionment of overheads, primary

and secondary distributions (Repeated & step ladder method only).
Cost Concepts-Cost classification – Elements of cost - Preparation of cost sheet and quotation.
Material Cost: direct and indirect material cost, Inventory control techniques-stock levels, EOQ, ABC
analysis. Issue of materials to production- pricing methods-FIFO, LIFO and Average methods.
Labor cost: direct and indirect labour cost-methods of payment of wages including incentive plans -
Halsey and Rowan plans, Tailors Piece Rate method.
Overheads: features, classification, methods of allocation and apportionment of overheads, primary

and secondary distributions (Repeated & step ladder method only).
Marginal Costing
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Marginal Costing-Meaning - Importance - Marginal Cost Equation - Difference between Marginal costing and
Absorption costing - Applications of Marginal costing -Break Even Analysis-Meaning and Importance - Break even
chart and different formulas (Simple problems)- Cost Volume Profit Analysis- Margin of Safety-Angle of
Incidence- Problems in Marginal costing
Budgetary control
Budgets - Meaning and importance - Budgetary Control-Meaning and Importance-Types of Budgets,
practical problems - Flexible Budget and cash Budget,
Financial Statement Analysis
Comparative Income Statements and Balance Sheets, Common size Income Statements and Balance
Sheet analysis, Trend Analysis, Simple Problems.
Ratio Analysis – Introduction, Classification & Interpretation of Ratios, Problems on ratio analysis.
Cash flow statement
Introduction, Concept of Cash, Sources of cash flow Cash from operation, cash from Financing and
cash from investment, Inflow and outflow of cash. Preparation of cash flow statements- practical
problems.
Management Reports
Management Reporting – Procedures and Utility, Sample Reports
Arora,M.N (2016).Cost and Management Accounting, New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House.
1. Jain, S.P., & Narang, K.L. (2014). Cost Accounting. New Delhi: Kalyani Publishers.
2. Kishor, R.M. (2013). Cost and Manegement Accounting. New Delhi: Taxman Allied Services.
3. Pillai, R.N.S. (2013). Cost Accounting. New Delhi: Sultan Chand.
4. Arora, M.N. (2013). Cost and Management Accounting. New Delhi:Vikas Publications
5. Arora,M.N (2016). Management Accounting, New Delhi: Himalaya Publishering House
6. Lal, J. (2013). Cost Accounting. New Delhi: Tata Mcgraw Hill Education
Evaluation Pattern
CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
1.Semester 1 and 2:
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA432 - ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT (2018 Batch)

Entrepreneurship is a necessary ingredient for stimulating economic growth and employment
opportunities. In the developing world, successful small businesses are the primary engines of job
creation, income growth. This course intends to promote in-depth knowledge source for an intending
practitioner or entrepreneur in the field of entrepreneurship. This course earnestly attempts to present
the various aspects of entrepreneurship and what a prospective business visionary must know before
setting out on a modern or business wander.
To develop the skills required to prepare a Business Plan

To develop and strengthen entrepreneurial quality and motivation
To enlarge the supply of entrepreneurs for rapid industrial development
To provide knowledge and information about the source of help, incentives and subsidies
available from government to set up the project
To impart information about the process, procedure and rules and regulations for setting up a new
projects
Learning Outcome
Familiarize the students with competencies and capability related to Entrepreneurship.
Identify and analyses the business opportunity in current business scenario.
Create a business plan for an entrepreneurial venture.

Introduction to Entrepreneurship
Evolution of the Concept of Entrepreneurship; Theories of Entrepreneurship- Innovation Theory,

Harvard School Theory, Theory of High Achievement, Theory of Profits, Theory of Adjustment of
Price- Entrepreneurship Today; Types of Entrepreneurs; Intrapreneurship; Difference Between a
Manager and an Entrepreneur; Entrepreneurial Competencies; Capacity Building for Entrepreneurs;
Women’s Entrepreneurship, Challenges Faced by Women Entrepreneurs; Characteristics of a Family-
owned Business in India; Various Types of Family Businesses; Challenges Faced by Family-owned
Businesses.
Entrepreneurship Development in India
Entrepreneurial Environment; Global Entrepreneurship Environment; Business Climate in India;

Environmental Factors Affecting Entrepreneurial Growth; Creating a Favourable Environment for
Entrepreneurship; Models of Entrepreneurial Development; The Process of Entrepreneurial
Development; Role and Importance of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; Concepts and
Definitions of MSME; The MSMED Act, 2006; Government Policy Initiatives; Current Schemes for
MSME; Problem Faced by MSME Sector; Role of Clusters in Promoting MSME.
Creativity & Innovation
The creative process, Search for Business ideas, Selection of Product/Service, Product innovation;
Services Industries-Human side of an enterprise; Identification of Business Opportunities; Mobility of
Entrepreneurs; Geographical Mobility of Entrepreneurs; Occupational Mobility; Business
Opportunities in India; Models for Opportunity Evaluation; The RAMP Model ; Mullins's Seven-
domain Framework
Business Plans
Purpose of a Business Plan; Contents of a Business Plan- Management Summary; Marketing Plan;
Operations Plan; Financial Plan; Procedure for Setting Up an Enterprise; Selection of a Project; Decide
on the Constitution Obtain Registration; Obtain Clearances from Departments as Applicable; Arrange
for Land/Shed; Arrange for Plant and Machinery; Arrange for Infrastructure; Prepare Project Report;
Apply for and Obtain Finance; Implement the Project and Obtain Final Clearances.

Institutional Support to entrepreneurs
Institutions Supporting Business Enterprises; Central-level Institutions; National Board for Micro,
Small, and Medium Enterprises (NBMSME) The Khadi and Village Industries Commission (KVIC)
The Coir Board MSME-DO; National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC); National Science and
Technology Entrepreneurship Development Board (NSTEDB) National Productivity Council (NPC)
Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India (EDI) National Research Development Corporation of
India (NRDCI) National Entrepreneurship Development Institutes; State-level Institutions ; State
Directorate of Industries and Commerce ; District Industries Centres (DIC) ; State Financial
Corporation (SFC); State Industrial Development Corporation (SIDC) State Industrial Area
Development Board (SIADB); Other Institutions National Bank for Agriculture and Rural
Development (NABARD) Housing and Urban Development Corporation (HUDCO); Technical
Consultancy Organization (TCO); Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI) ; Export
Promotion Councils (EPCs) Industry Associations Non-Governmental Organization (NGOs)
Business Incubators.

Project Management & Financing
Introduction, Project Manager ; Project Life Cycle , Project Scheduling -Gantt Charts, Network
Techniques ; Project Management Software; Capital Budgeting; Generating an Investment Project
Proposal; Project Analysis; Market Analysis, Technical Analysis, Financial Analysis, Economic
Analysis, Project Evaluation and Selection ; The Payback Period; Accounting Rate of Return (ARR)
Net Present Value (NPV) Internal Rate of Return (IRR) ; Benefit-Cost Ratio (BCR) Project Financing
Equity Financing; Angel Investing ; Debt Financing ; Miscellaneous Sources; Project Implementation
Phase; Capital Structure and Cost of Capital; Detailed Project Report; Ecological Analysis
Poornima M Charanthimath (2018) “Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises”, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Publication
· David, H. (2013). “Entrepreneurial Development” (5th edition), Prentice Hall
· Desai, V. (2014).The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management
(6thedition).Himalaya Publishing House.
· Gupta, C.B., &Srinivasan, N.D. (2012) Entrepreneurship Development. New Delhi
Sultan Chand & Sons.
· Robert D Hisrich, Mathew J. Manimala, Michael Peter, Dean A Shepherd. (2013)

“Entrepreneurship” (8th edition). Tata McGraw Hill
Evaluation Pattern
CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
/ Mini Review /
Project / Book
Discussion review /
Mastery
Project
1.Semester 1 and 2:
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA434 - INDIAN FINANCIAL SYSTEM (2018 Batch)

This course is to make students familiarize with various aspects of Indian financial system. This will
provide the students with an overall understanding of various components of Indian financial system.
To study about the money market and capital market operations

To understand the functions of various financial institutions.
To study about various financial services
To understand about international financial markets.
To understand about the regulatory bodies.
Learning Outcome
Students will be able to comprehend each and every updates in the financial system with its impacts.
Introduction to financial system
Level of Knowledge: Basic
Meaning-Structure- Functions-Components of financial system-Financial system and economic development-

Reforms in Financial Sector in India
Capital Market
Meaning –Classification- Functions- Types-Primary market-Secondary market-functioning of various stock

exchanges-NSE, BSE, OTCEI- Financial instruments in capital market- Long term loans market- Derivatives
Market- Government Securities market- Capital market scams-SEBI-Reforms in capital markets
Money Market
Meaning-Significance-Structure-Features of money market—Money market instruments-Reforms in money

market-RBI-Functions-Monetary policy-Credit Policy
Financial Institutions
Meaning- Functions-Banking institutions-Scheduled commercial banks and scheduled cooperative banks-Non

Banking Institutions-NBFCs and Development Finance institutions-Insurance and Housing Finance Companies -
IRDA
Financial Services
Meaning-Types-Leasing- Hire purchase- Mutual funds- Factoring -Credit rating- Venture Capital-Recent
developments in financial services industry. GIFT
International Financial Markets
Nature, Organization and Participants- Offshore Financing Instruments- Foreign Exchange market.-
International Financial Tech Cities

Pathak, B. (2013).Indian Financial System . New Delhi: Pearson education
1) Desai, V. (2010).Indian Financial System. Mumbai: Himalaya publishers.
2) Gordon, N. (2014). Indian Financial System. Mumbai: Himalaya publishers.
3) Khan, M.Y. (2009). Indian Financial System . New Delhi: McGraw-Hill.
4) Sharma, G. (2014). Indian Financial System. Ludhiana: Kalyani publishers.
5) Singh, P. (2010). Dynamics of Indian Financial System: Markets, Insituttions and Services,
ANE Books
Evaluation Pattern
CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project



BBA435 - INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (2018 Batch)

The course focuses on: a)history, evolution , growth & development of International Business. b) Reasons for Existence of
MNC s and their strategies c) Government policies & Procedures applicable for International Business. The Course is
designed to impart sound knowledge about International Business operations through lectures, seminars, case studies & Group
Discussions etc. to make learning challenging.
Learning Outcome
Growing importance of globalization makes it mandatory for every budding manager to be well versed with the dynamics of
International business. This course intends to familiarize the students of management with the advanced knowledge of global
business scenario from an Indian perspective.
Introduction To International Business
Evolution of international business, nature of international business, need & importance of International Business, stages of
internationalization, (EPRG) approaches to international business, theories of international business – Mercantilism , Absolute
Advantage, Comparative Advantage, Factor Endowment, Competitive Advantage. Tariff and non tariff and barriers.
Introduction to Political, Economic, Social-Cultural & technological environment of international business.

Modes Of Entering International Business
International business analysis- modes of entry- exporting (direct and indirect) licensing, franchising, contract manufacturing,
management contracts, turnkey projects, ,Joint ventures- Mergers and Acquisitions- Foreign direct investment -Comparison of
different modes of entry

Globalization
Meaning- Definition and Features-Globalization, -Advantages and Disadvantages, Socio– Cultural, Political &Legal and
Economic Implications, Globalization and India. GATT and WTO
MNCs And International Business
Definitions & Distinction among Domestic Companies, International company , MNC, Global Company and TNC, Merits and
Demerits , MNC s and India. OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises.a)Concepts and Principles b) General Policies
c)Disclosure, d) Employment and Industrial Relations, e) Environment, f) Combating Bribery, g) Consumer Interests h)
Science and Technology. i) Competition., j) Taxation.
Introduction To International Finance
Trade and Balance of payment, Current items, Capital Items, Disequilibrium of balance of payments and rectification,
components of International financial systems, Forex market, Euro currency market, IMF and International Monetary system.
Exchange Rate determination (Concept only), Capital account convertibility.
Export Financing And International Payments
Export credits, Method and sources of credit, Methods of payments in International Business, Financing techniques, ECGC,
Exim bank and their role.
Export Import Documentation & Export Promotion
Important Trade Terms in International Trade: [Introduction: CIF, F.O.B, F.O.B Contract with additional services, F.O.B
Contract (Buyer
contracting with carrier), FAS, EX SHIP & Arrival Contracts,, C& F, EX WORKS & EX STORE CONTRACTS, FOR
CONTRACTS, SALE OF A CARGO & EX- QUAY Contracts. Export and import procedure, document required their
relevance
Assistance and Incentives to Indian Exporters, Export Promotion measures/Schemes: Market development assistance, Cash
compensatory scheme, duty drawback scheme, Replenishment licensing scheme, Duty exemption scheme.
Role and functions of DGFT, IIFT , RBI , EXIM Bank , ECGC & EPCs IN PROMOTING INTERNATIONAL TRADE.
FDI Trends, Rules and regulations. Highlights of Latest EXIM Policy

Rakesh, M. J. (2013). International Business, New Delhi, Oxford University Press

1. Laura, H. & Werhane, P. H. (2013). The Global Corporation, Routledge Taylor & Francis Group, New Delhi
2. John, B. C., & Parboteeah, K. P. (2011). International Business: Strategy and the Multinational Company, Routledge
Taylor & Francis Group, New Delhi
3. Varma, S. (2013). International Business, New Delhi, Pearson Publication
4. Charles, H. (2011). International Business: Text & Cases, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill
Warren, J. K. (2013). Global Marketing Management, New Delhi, Prentice Hall
Evaluation Pattern
CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
1.Semester 1 and 2:
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks


BBA436 - EVENT MANAGEMENT (2018 Batch)

Event Management is a glamorous and exiting profession which demands a lot of hard work with team
coordination and foresight. As the name suggests, it means conceptualizing, planning, organizing and
finally executing the event. This industry is just six years old in India, but holds a lot of promise for
expansion. It offers enormous scope for ambitious young people. This course is designed to provide an
introduction to the Principles of Event management. The student will learn how to formulate event
tourism strategies for destinations. The planning and implementation of festivals, entertainment events,
corporate events, cultural events and sports events will be focused upon.
Course Objectives: The main objectives of this course are to:

Give an understanding of the concept and significance of event management.
Create awareness about the type of events.
Identify the different marketing techniques and revenue generation methods for events.
Aid the students to plan and organize events in campus or take it up as a career.
Learning Outcome
The course is designed to provide an in-depth understanding on event management industry. At the
completion of the course, students will be able to
Identify the Importance of Event Management.
Classify the types of events.
Describe the difference between sponsorship and donations.
Explain the steps necessary to plan and create successful events.

Introduction to Event Management
Type of Event, Event Team, Why Event Management, Requirement of Event Management, Analyzing
the event, scope of the event, Decision makers, Establishing Policies and Procedures, career in event
management.
Event Planning and Team Management
Locating People, Clarifying Roles, Developing content Guidelines, Participant Tips, Reference Checks,
Requirement Forms, Introduction, Fees & Honorariums, Expense Reimbursement, Travel
Arrangements, Worksheets Preparing a planning schedule, Organizing Tasks, Assigning Responsibility,
Overall Planning Tips, Protocols, Dress Codes, Staging, staffing.
Event Marketing and Advertising
Level of Knowledge:Conceptual and Application
Nature and Process of Marketing. Seeking Sponsorship, Types of sponsorship, Event Sponsorship,
Event Organizer, Event Partners, Event Associates, Image branding, Advertising and PR, Meetings and
Group Development, Special Events, wedding, meetings, sports, rallies,Tools of Promotion, Tips on
writing a New Release, Direct Marketing, Word of Mouth, The Promotion Schedule, Planning a
Promotion Campaign for an Event, EMBOK.
Event Leadership and Communication
Image branding, Advertising and PR, Meetings and Group Development, Special Events Types,
wedding, meetings, sports, rallies, Event Sponsorship Understand Sponsorship, Understand , Event
Organizer, Event Partners, Event Associates, Event Sponsor.
Event Production and Logistics
Staffing and vendors, logistics and staging, breaking Down the event, Outsourcing strategies, Concept,
theme, Fabrication, light & sound, handling venders , Logistic policy, procedures, performance
standards, event evaluation.
Event Safety and Security
Security, occupational safety, Major risk and emergency planning, Incident Reporting, emergency
procedures, Health and safety issues, insurance, licenses and permission.
Basic Event Accounting
Level of Knowledge:Analytical
Budget – cost of event, Profit and loss statement, balance sheet, panic Payments, Financial control
system.
Mohan.S. (2011). Event Management & Public Relations. New Delhi: Enkay Publishing House.
Allen, J. (2003). Event Planning Ethics and Etiquette. Canada: John Wiley & Sons.
Allison.S. (2012). The Event Marketing Handbook. Kaplan Business.
Kimball, C. (2015). Start Your Own Event Planning Business. Entrepreneur Press.
S.K, Goyal. (2013). Event Management. New Delhi: Adhyayan Publishers.
Singh.G, K. &. (2012). Event Management: A Blooming Industry and an Eventful Career. New Delhi: Haranand Publications.
Evaluation Pattern

CIA –
CIA – 1 CIA – 3
2 Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
Marks Marks
– 10 – 50
(5)* (5)* (5)* (5)* 10 (5)* (5)*
(5)* (25)*
Assignment Test Analysis/Case / Role Play / Participation Based
Simulation Case / Quiz / Test Activities:
/ Mini Review /
Book
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
BBA451 - BUSINESS ANALYTICS (2018 Batch)

Business Analytics is the process of converting data into insights. It is “the extensive use of data,
statistical and quantitative analysis, explanatory and predictive models, and fact-based management to
drive decisions and actions.” With the increase in the availability of data, Analytics has now become a
major differentiator in both the top line and the bottom line of any organization. It is hence not
surprising that research has shown that data-driven companies perform 5%-6% better per annum. As
data analytics skills are essential for all managers today, even those who are not looking to become
hard core data analysts will benefit from this course. This course is a must for professionals looking to
learn data analytics, as well as students who are looking to pursue data science as a career.
Understand and articulate a business problem and convert it into a viable Analytics question
Apply Data visualization for exploratory analysis and communicate effectively to diverse
audience
Evaluate various analytical approaches and select the most appropriate for the given problem
Build Analytics solutions and assess their effectiveness;
Apply knowledge and develop solutions across a range of functional areas like Marketing Finance, HR and
Operations
Learning Outcome
NIl
INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICS
Data – Information – Intelligence – Knowledge Approach, Types of Analytics, Types of Digital Data, Source of
Data, Importance of Data Quality, Looking Data from many perspective, evolution of Business Analytics and Role
of DSS, EIS and Digital Dashboards, Business Analytics Tools and Software, Role of Business Analyst in Business
& Society, Business Analytics Process, Business Analytics Architecture & Framework
DATA WAREHOUSE & DATA MINING
Introduction to OLTP and OLAP, Data Mart, Data Lake, Data Warehouse Architecture & Data
Warehouse Design, Extract Transform Load (ETL), Data Mining Concepts, Architectural aspects of
Data Mining, Data Mining Techniques - Linear Regression, Logistic Regression, Cluster Analysis,
Classification, Association, Decision Tree, Data Mining Issues & Challenges, Big Data, Data Mining
& Big Data application in Business.
APPLICATION OF ANALYTICS
Analytics in Business Support Functions, Analytics in Industries – Telecom, Retail, Healthcare, Governance,
Supply Chain, Marketing, Finance, Retail & Human Resource, Sports Analytics, Social Media Analytics, Social
Networking Analytics, Recommendation Systems
Business Analytics Tool (TABLEAU - Practical)
Data Visualization, Data importing (live vs. extract), Connecting to Real Time Database, Continuous
and discrete data, Different kinds of plots and their usage (bar chart, line chart, scatter, histogram, dual
axis), Heat Map, Filters, Parameters, Functions and calculated field, Row and aggregate calculations,
Table calculations, Dashboard and interactive plots, Cross Database Joins & Data Blending, Data
interpretation, finding hidden meanings, Effective ways of presentation, Capstone and analytics of real
world data
Business Analytics Tool (R / R Studio Programming - Practical)
Introduction to R, Features of R, R – Packages, R-Data Types, R – Variables, R – Operators, R-
Decision Making, R – Graphs, R – Function, R – Looping, Correlation, Regression
Case Study / Use Case
Case Studies on Credit Risk Analytics – Time Series Analysis, Cross – Sell or Up –Sell & Customer
Life Time Value Analytics in Marketing, Prediction of Job Attrition in HR and Talent Analytics
R N Prasad and Seema Acharya, “Fundamentals of Business Analytics”, Second Edition, Wiley
India Pvt. Ltd. 2018
Dinesh Kumar U, "Business Analytics- The Science of Data-Driven Decision Making", Wiley
Publication, 2017
https://christuniversity.in/school-of-business-and-management/businessmanagement/bachelor-of-business-administration-(bba)/syllabus/23/… 100/181
James Evans, "Business Analytics" Pearson Publishers, 2nd Edition, 2016

Jiawei Han and Michelin Kamber, “Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques”, Morgan Kaufmann
Publication, 2015
Kimball, R. and Ross, M, “The Data Warehouse Toolkit: The Complete Guide to Dimensional
Modeling”, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
Kimball, R., and Caserta, J, “The Data Warehouse ETL Toolkit: Practical Techniques for
Extracting, Cleaning, Conforming, and Delivering Data”, John Wiley & Sons, 2004
Turban E, Armson, JE, Liang, TP & Sharda, “Decision support and Business Intelligence
Systems”, 8th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2007
Michael J. A. Berry and Gordon S. Linoff, “Data Mining Techniques for marketing, Sales and
CRM”, John Wiley & Sons, 2004
Evaluation Pattern
CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
1.Semester 1 and 2:
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA461 - MACRO ECONOMICS (2018 Batch)

To provide a strong base of macroeconomic principles and concepts relevant in managerial decision making.
To enable the students to apply the knowledge in managerial decision making process.
To enable the students to prescribe policies in the light of changing macroeconomic scenario.
Learning Outcome
This course intends to provide the basics of macroeconomic theory and polices in order to understand the
influence of external environment in doing business.
The students are expected to understand the various macroeconomic variables that determine income, output and
employment.
Measuring a Nation?s Income and Cost of Living
Economy’s Income and Expenditure, Measurement of GDP, Components of GDP, Real versus Nominal GDP- The
GDP Deflator-The Consumer Price Index- Calculation of CPI- GDP deflator versus the CPI- Correcting economic
variables for the effects of inflation- Real and Nominal Interest rates; The limitations of using national income
statistics
Goods and Money Market
Saving and Investment in the National Income Accounts- The Market for Loanable Funds; Policy changes and
impact on the market for loanable funds- Meaning and Functions of Money- Banks and Money Supply; Money
creation with 100 percent reserve banking and Fractional reserve banking- Central Bank tools of Monetary Control-
Classical theory of Inflation- Classical Dichotomy and Monetary Neutrality- Velocity and Quantity equation-
Fisher Effect- Costs of Inflation.
Aggregate Demand, Aggregate Supply & Influence of Monetary and Fiscal
Policy on Aggregate Demand
Three Key Facts about Economic Fluctuations, Short run Economic Fluctuations, Aggregate Demand Curve,
Aggregate Supply Curve, Two Causes of Economic Fluctuations, Monetary Policy influence on Aggregate
Demand- The Theory of Liquidity Preference- Fiscal Policy influence on Aggregate Demand- The Multiplier Effect-
Crowding out effect- Stabilisation Policy; Active Versus Automatic Stabilizers
Short Run Tradeoff between Inflation and Unemployment
The Philips Curve, Shifts in Philips Curve: The Role of Expectations, Shifts in Philips Curve and The Role of
Supply Shocks, The Cost of Reducing Inflation- Rational Expectations and the possibility of costless disinflation
Six Debates over Macroeconomic Policy
Monetary and Fiscal Policy – Pros and Cons, Handling Recession: higher spending vs. tax cuts, Monetary Policy:
rule vs. discretion, Central Bank: zero inflation, Balanced Budget Debate, Tax Law Reformation for Savings:
debate.
1. N. Gregory Mankiw (2014). Principles of Macroeconomics, 6th Edition, Cengage Learning India.
1.Ackley, G. (1976) Macroeconomics, Theory and Policy, Macmillan Publishing Company, New York.
2.Day. A.C.L. (1960), Outline of Monetary Economics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
3.Heijdra, B.J. and F.V. Ploeg (2001). Foundations of Modern Macroeconomics, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
4.Lewis, M.K. and P.D. Mizan (2000), Monetary Economics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
5.Shapiro, E. (1996), Macroeconomics Analysis, Galgotia Publications, New Delhi.
6.Dillard, D. (1960), The Economics of John Maynard Keynes, Crossby Lockwood and Sons , London.
7.Hanson, A.H. (1963), A Guide to Keynes, McGraw Hill, New York..
8.Keynes, J.M. (1936), The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, Macmillan, London.
9.Farmer, Roger. (2001), Macroeconomics II Edition ISBN.
10.Stanley Fischer and Rudiger Dornbusch. Macro Economics London. Mac Graw-Hill.

Evaluation Pattern
CIA –
CIA – 1 CIA – 3
2 Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
Marks Marks
– 10 – 50
(5)* (5)* (5)* (5)* 10 (5)* (5)*
(5)* (25)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Analysis/Case presentation Participation Review /
Assignment Test
Simulation / Mini / Quiz / Test Book
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
BBA481 - ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT PROJECT (2018 Batch)

No of Lecture
Hours/Week:1
Entrepreneurship is a necessary ingredient for stimulating economic growth and employment opportUnities. In
the developing world, successful small businesses are the primary engines of job creation, income growth. This
course intends to promote in-depth knowledge source for an intending practitioner or entrepreneur in the field of
entrepreneurship. This course earnestly attempts to present the various aspects of entrepreneurship and what a
prospective business visionary must know before setting out on a modern or business wander.
Learning Outcome
Entrepreneurship has emerged as a profession. Hence the need to familiarize the students with respective
traits of Entrepreneurship and inculcate the spirit of entrepreneurship in students and make them job
creators instead of job seekers
Ability to recognize a business opportUnity that fits the individual student
Demonstrate the understanding of how to launch the individual's entrepreneurial career

Project Report
Project Report – Meaning and importance. Project identification, Contents of a Project Report, Format of a Report
(As per requirements of financial institutions) Project Appraisal, Market Feasibility, Technical Feasibility, Financial
feasibility and Economic feasibility. Technical Consultancy Organization (TCO)
**
**
Evaluation Pattern
VIVA Voce - 25 Marks
Project Report - 25 Marks
BBA511A - BASIC FINANCIAL SKILLS (2017 Batch)
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
We at Finance Club, Department of Management Studies are focused on nurturing the students towards
enhancing their financial skill set through completely scheduled activities for 12 weeks. The club not
only educates the students but also ensure industrial expert interactions with periodic session to expose
students on various practical aspects of finance.
The activities schedule under Finance Club tries to bridge the gap between student classroom learning
and the outside world, with holistic development approach in finance and ensuring they are better
prepared to handle complexity of the financial service industry in their professional career.
LEARNING OBEJCTIVES:
· To update the knowledge of finance and its innovation process for finance specialization students.
· To provide a comprehensive understanding of finance industry , including market operations and

mechanism
To increase students with their interpersonal skills such as leadership and presentation skill.
Learning Outcome
LEARNING OUTCOME:
At the end of this activity students are able to:
· Apply the concepts from your classroom learning to real time experience
· Develop analytical and financial skills using modern techniques.
· Provides insight of research component under broad finance framework.
Describe, explain and integrate fundamental concepts of stock/commodity market operation through market trading session.
Reading Skill ? Financial Statement of a Listed Company.
Prior to Guest Lecture, students have to collect latest 2 years annual report of any listed company. Guest Speaker will be
invited to deliver a lecture on effective reading skill for financial statement.
Awareness Campaign on Financial Literacy
Awareness campaign-Design posters, Financial awareness messages (FAME), Financial diary etc and spread the awareness
among the target group about financial literacy. Financial literacy survey-Students will have to conduct a survey among the
target group to understand the weak areas, the level of literacy and identify the possible steps to overcome the situation.
Stock Market Operations & Trading Process
Guest lecture on Stock market operations and trading process – common session for 5BBA, Student need to carry their
laptops, Students have to submit articles based on the selected topic. The same shall be consolidated and published in a
magazine format. The best article shall be published in the Christ university student magazine.
Financial Innovations
Presentation on innovation in banking and financial products. Group of two students each should make
a presentation on the innovative banking or financial products.
Live Market Trading
Student need to carry their laptop, Prepare Trading spreadsheet, Student has to pick 15 stock of their
choice. Should provide proper justification on selection of stocks, Initial investment – Rs. 5 lakh
provided for trading, Evaluation criteria – Gain/loss at end of trading session.
Micro Financial Instruments ? Advertisement and poster design
Group of five students –identify one micro financial product, design a posters and advertisements (5 second video) for the
promotion of Micro financial instruments. The same will have to be displayed in publicGroup activity – 4 students in each
group,Each group will have to analyze the budget - allocated sectors for the last 3 years and interpret the same. 2 pages write
up have to submitted end of the session.
https://www.thebalance.com/guide-to-understanding-financial-statements-357512
https://www.investopedia.com/university/stocks/
https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/slideshows/investments-markets/10-golden-rules-of-
investing-in-stock-markets/slideshow/18570969.cms
https://www.businessinsider.in/10-Financial-Innovations-That-Are-Changing-The-World-More-
Than-Bitcoin/articleshow/29622116.cms
Evaluation Pattern
EVALUATION PATTERN
Class
CIA 1 CIA 2 CIA 3 Total Marks
Participation
30 Marks 30 Marks 30 Marks 10 marks 100 Marks
BBA511B - BASIC MARKETING SKILLS (2017 Batch)

Course Description:
Marketing excellence is a prerequisite for success in any business, from startups to the world’s most
established enterprises, yet the art and science of marketing is constantly evolving. Students are
required to know the essential principles and practices of marketing in the digital economy.
Learning Objectives:
1. To leverage new models in business and e-commerce to increase profitability

2. To identify successful social media and digital marketing techniques
3. To examine the real-world application of digital marketing and e-commerce methods
4. To How to market yourself and your products more effectively and efficiently
Learning Outcome
Learning Outcomes
1. Students are able todiscuss how the digital economy works and develop the critical insights necessary
to succeed in e-commerce and digital and social media marketing.
Students are able to es mate related technologies exert a profound influence on how business and social ins tu ons evolve,
how they are challenged—and some mes, even displaced.
BEHAVIORAL FOUNDATIONS
New Business Models of the Digital Economy: Principles and Examples

Introduction to GRAVITY (Geography, Resistance, Adjacency, Vicinity, Isolation, Topography and
You)
NEW FORMS OF INTERACTION
Frictions and Commerce
Variety and the Digital Economy
Online-Offline Interaction and the Omni Channel World
Reputation and Reviews
Networks
TOOLS AND PRINCIPLES
Introduction to Digital Marketing Assets
Digital Marketing Tools and Tactics: A Taxonomy
Online Advertising
Online Advertising: Approaches and Principles
Earned and Integrated Media
Mobile Engagement
NEW MEDIA PLATFORMS
Networks Effects
Social Advertising and Social Targeting
Viral Marketing
Viral Product Features and Viral Content

Organic Celebrity, Persuasion, and Sentiment
Online Community and Models of Influence
https://www.forbes.com/sites/koshagada/2016/06/16/what-is-the-digital-economy/#36e0cbaf7628
https://neilpatel.com/what-is-digital-marketing/
https://www.wordstream.com/online-advertising
https://www.cyberclick.es/numericalblogen/what-is-viral-marketing-advantages-and-examples
Evaluation Pattern
EVALUATION PATTERN
Class
Participation
BBA511C - BASIC HRM SKILLS (2017 Batch)

Course Description
HR managers are the key to the success of talent acquisition and management for the organization. They are
responsible for providing the organization with the proper key performance indicators to show that the
organization is in alignment with its mission, values and goals. HR is also responsible for ensuring that
supervisors and managers as well as rank and file employees understand the corporate policies and procedures.
They have the responsibility to ensure that these processes are applied consistently and correctly. HR has the
responsibility to learn the language of business so that they can communicate with the management of the
organization in their space rather than that of HR and emerge as a true business partner.
Course Objectives
To practice the fundamental skills that would help them in the initial stages of their career as an HR
professional.
To design various interventions based on business requirements.

Learning Outcome
Apply the various tools and techniques learnt in real time scenarios.
Design HR interventions for various organizations/situations.

Recruitment Ad Design
Matching brand promise and employer branding, designing appropriate ads with respect to size, content,
branding, placement.
Evaluating Resumes
Selection of key words based on JD and JS, Filtering, looking for gaps in CVs, comparison of Cvs, shortlisting of
CVs
Preliminary Interview
Designing preliminary interview questions based on the CV given, conducting telephonic preliminary interviews,
evaluation of the candidate based on preliminary interview.
Selection Testing
Designing various types of selection tests based on the job requirements provided.

Evaluation Forms
Design candidate evaluation forms for various positions in various organizations.
Interviewing Skills
Examine various interviewing techniques, designing a structured interview schedule for various positions,
interviewing through Skype.

Essential Reading:
Rao, S. (2016). Essentials of Human Resource Management & Industrial Management: Text &
Cases. New Delhi: Himalaya Publication
Recommended books:
Armstrong, M. (2012). Handook of HRM Practice. USA: Kogan Page.
Basak, S. P. (2012). Human Resource Management: Text & Cases. New Delhi: Pearson
Dessler, G. (2010). Human Resource Management. New Delhi: Prentice Hall.
Evaluation Pattern
CIA –I Students shall be evaluated at the end of every session out of 10 marks of which 5 marks will be for the
attendance.
Attendance-5marks
CIA-II- Students shall be put in different groups and each group will be assigned themes for the panel
discussion. During one of the skill enhancement session, panel discussion will be held by the groups, which shall be
evaluated out of 5 marks.
CIAIII- After the completion of skill enhancement session, students will have to take an online test for 20
marks. MCQ Test Questions-Moodle test ( one mark for every right answer)
BBA511D - BASIC ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS (2017 Batch)
Course Description
This is the era of entrepreneurship. The start-up culture has pervaded the socio-economic fabric of our world and it
is imperative that budding entrepreneurs are equipped with the right skills sets that will see them achieve their
goals. The course will address various practical issues that entrepreneurs are likely to face and give them hands on
practice of the same.
Course Objectives
To practice the fundamental skills that would help them in the initial stages of their journey as an
entrepreneur.
To develop the skill sets required to become a successful entrepreneur.
Learning Outcome
Learning Outcome
Document Filling
Hands on practice with filling of relevant documentation related to the starting of a business.
Drafting a MOA
Design and develop a Memorandum of Association for a proposed business enterprise.

Drafting an AOA
Design and developArticles of Association for a proposed business enterprise.

New Product Development
Developing a prototype of a proposed product and testing.

Elevator Pitching
Selling the business idea/prototype to potential investors, market research, competition research, user pain
point identification
https://www.forbes.com/sites/aileron/2013/11/26/the-top-skills-every-entrepreneur-needs/#65a460a076e3
https://www.wirc-icai.org/material/Article-on-MoA-AoA-CA-Satish-Shanbhag.pdf
https://marketing-insider.eu/new-product-development-process/
https://www.twentify.com/blog/product-testing-research-a-step-by-step-guide
Evaluation Pattern
EVALUATION PATTERN
Class
Participation
BBA531 - BANK MANAGEMENT (2017 Batch)

This course will equip the students to understand the latest trends in banking. The technological and managerial updates from
the banking sector will enable the students to have a better understanding of the banking scenario which they can put into
practice in their future course of action.
Learning Outcome
1. The students will analyze the general banking scenario in India and abroad.
2. The students will be able to examine various aspects in banking and will be updated with all changes happening in the
banking sector.
3. The student will also acquaint himself with practical banking application and the regulation governing this sector.

Introduction to Banking
Evolution of banking in India-Types of banks- Banking functions - Mid & Back Office functions: support Functions: -The
Business Offerings of a Bank-Business Divisions:Audit, Finance & Control. Retail banking-corporate banking-investment
banking-rural banking-Banker customer relationship-Banking licenses-Payment Banks-small finance bank-bank mergers

Banking Development and Innovation
Electronic fund transfers system: National payment corporation of India-NEFT, RTGSSWIFT - Mobile banking – Interbank
mobile payment systems, Unified payment Interface. Negotiated Dealing Systems & Securities Settlement Systems –
Electronic Money – E Cheque.Financial Inclusion-Business correspondents–PMJDY-– Fin tech revolution in Banking -
wearable apps, Internet of things.Core banking solutions, Interface with Payment system Network – Structured Financial
Messaging system.
Banking regulation and requirement
RBI-functions – Requirements- licensing and supervision, capital reserve, corporate governance, financial reporting and
disclosures, Capital adequacy-Banking ombudsman scheme-Basel norms
Bank Deposits and lending
Deposits: Importance and types. Loans: Types of loans – home loans, personal loans, business loans: Term loans, bank
overdraft limit, bills discounting, cash credit, Education loan, gold loan,, vehicle loan, Consortium advances, loan syndication,
loans against securities - Sound lending policy - Credit management – Non-performing assets- credit rating-The insolvency
and bankruptcy code 2016-MCLR-securitisation
Management in Banks
Marketing of banking services-customer services in banks-Public relations system in banks-Human resource management in
banks-Management information system-Risk Management, Asset/Liability Management
Banking compliance
Anti-money laundering: Prevention of money laundering act (PMLA)-Customer due diligence-Know your customer norms-
International sanctioning-Financial Intelligence unit-fraud detection and management in banks-International banking scenario-
Documentary letter of credit-Correspondent banking and NRI accounts-bad banks
Desai, V. (n.d.). Bank Management (2013 ed.). Himalaya publishing house.
1) Bank financial management (2018 ed.). (n.d.). Indian Institute of Banking and Finance-Macmillan education
2) Advanced Bank financial management (2018 ed.). (n.d.). Indian Institute of Banking and Finance-Macmillan education
3) OP, Agarwal. (n.d.). Modern Banking of India (2016 ed.). Himalaya publishers.
4) Gupta, S.N. (n.d.). Banking Law in Theory & Practice (5th ed.). Universal Lawpublishers
Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1 15%
CIA 2 25%
CIA 3 15%
End semester examination 40%
Attendance 5%
BBA532 - TAXATION MANAGEMENT (2017 Batch)
· Course Description:
· India has a well-developed tax structure with a three-tier federal structure, comprising the Union
Government, the State Governments and the Urban/Rural Local Bodies. The power to levy taxes and
duties is distributed among the three tiers of Governments, in accordance with the provisions of the
Indian Constitution. The study of tax laws is of a great importance for management students as it
exposes students to the tax environment in India. It enables individuals to understand the tax
implication on income or profit made through different sources and expenditure taxes in the country.
This course is introduced as part of BBA program to give an overall idea about the theoretical and
practical aspects of direct and indirect taxes in India with special reference to tax management. The
content of the course is arranged in such a manner that it gives an outline of the law and practice of Tax
laws inIndia in an analytical and simple manner.
Course Objectives:
Th The objectives of this course is to:

1) Equip the students with a clear understanding and knowledge about the Law and Practice of
Income Tax prevailing in India in an analytical and simple manner.
2) Equip the students with a clear understanding and knowledge about the Law and Practice of
Goods and Service Tax and Customs Duty in India in an analytical and simple manner.
3) Connect the students with Tax planning skills to minimize the Tax liability by adhering to
the provisions of Legal enactments governing Taxes in India.
Learning Outcome
On completion of this course students are expected to :-
1) Have proper understanding about the Tax regime in India and compare the same with that of other
countries in the world.
2) Ability to Compute Taxable income under various heads as per the Income Tax Act
3) Practical knowledge to make saving and investments in order to minimize income tax liability.
4) Do the Self-assessment of total income, computation of tax payable and e-Filing of Income tax
returns.
5) Analyze and understand the provisions of Goods and Service Tax in India and its application in
business transactions.
6) Application of the provisions of Customs Act in conducting Import and Export Transactions.

Introduction to Taxation
Meaning and types of Taxes. Difference

between direct and indirect taxes. Legal
enactments governing Income Tax in India
Basic Concepts in Taxation:- Assesse,
Person, Assessment Year, Previous Year,
Agricultural Income, Income, GTI, Total
Income, Avend rage Rate Of Tax.
Determination of residential status, Kinds of

income, incidence of tax. Practical problems
Tax free incomes or Exempted incomes.

Capital and Revenue Expenditure.(Self-
study)
Comparison between Income Tax structure in

India and other countries.(Self-study)
Income from Salary:
Chargeability, Treatment of Various Allowances,
Perquisites, and their Valuation, Treatment of Provident Fund, profit in Lieu of salary
Deduc ons from Gross Salary (Prac cal Problems).Re rement Benefits Computa on of taxable salary
Income from House property
Computation of taxable income under the head house property
Annual value and NAV
Deductions from NAV under S/24
Prac cal problems

Profits and Gains of Business and Profession:
Profits and Gains of Business and
Profession:
Meaning of Business and Profession,

Incomes Chargeable under this head,
Allowed and dis allowed expenses,
Expenditure on scientific Research
Computa on of Taxable Income from business

and profession.
Capital Gains
Meaning of Short term and Long term capital gain, Transfer of assets, cost of acquisition of capital
assets, Computation of capital gains,
Exemp ons from LTGC only deduc ons u/s 54, 54B, 54EC and 54F
Income from Other Sources, Computation of Gross Total Income, Total
income and Tax liability.
Income from Other Sources and Gross Total Income
Incomes taxable under the head Income from other sources.
Computa on of Gross Total Income and deduc ons allowed from GTI Sec on 80C to 80U(only the important deduc ons
applicable to individuals)
Total income and Tax liability.

ntroduction to Goods and Services Tax (GST):
Introduction to Goods and Services Tax (GST):

Overview of GST, Dual structure, GST Council, Definition of basic concepts
Computation of GST Payable , Input tax credit.

ntroduction to Customs Duty
Introduction to Customs Duty Customs Act
Basic concepts, Types of customs duty, Assessable value of goods and Computa on of customs duty payable , Baggage and
Courier.
Essential Reading:
1. Gaur, V.P. &Narang, B.K. (2018).Income Tax Law and practice. New Delhi,Kalyani Publishers.
2. Datey V S (2018), GST Laws and Practice with Customs and Foreign Tax Practice (FTP),New Delhi,
Taxmann Publications.
Books for reference:

1.Mehrothra, H.C., &Goyal, S.P. (2018). Income Tax Law and practice, (Latest edition).SahityaBhavan
Publishers.
2.Prasad, B. Income Tax Law and practice (2018).New Age Publications.
3. Singhania,(2018) Income tax law and practice , Taxman publishers, NewDelhi.
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment outline and weightage of Marks.
CIA- I A CIA -I B CIA- II CIA- IIIA CIAIII-B ESE Attendance Total
MSE
7.5% 7.5% 25% 7.5% 7.5% 40% 5% 100%

BBA533 - STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (2017 Batch)
No of Lecture
Hours/Week:4
Course Description:
An Organization consists of different departments and processes. Managers at all level must
understand how a company’s departments and processes “fit” together to achieve its goal. It
focuses on all the functional areas of business and presents a cohesive strategic management
model from a strategic perspective. The subject provides an insight on the strategy adopted by the
companies in response to environmental change. The course provides a comprehensive and
integrated presentation of current strategic management thinking in a clear and succinct format.
Course Objective
To learn the fundamentals of strategic management using the case method.
To understand the fundamental principles & interrelationships among business functions
such as: R & D, Production, Marketing, Customer Service, finance, human resources and
Information Technology
To understand the interrelationships of business to individuals, other organizations,
government and society.

Learning Outcome
-To explain the strategy adopted by the companies in response to environmental changes
-To understand the manner in which strategic and competitive advantage is developed.
-To study various methods and techniques for internal analysis.
-To observe how positioning of the firm in the industry help to determine the competitive
advantage.
-To explore the tools and technique for strategic analysis o understand different business
strategies
-To study the interrelationship of formulation and implementation.
-To examine how strategic management contributes to effective corporate governance of
an organization
-To study the importance of values and ethics in Business

STRATEGIC PLANNING AND STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Defining strategy- levels at which strategy operates- approaches to strategic decision making, the
strategic management process- Strategic intent: Vision, mission and objectives

ENVIORNMENTAL AND INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
The organizations environment- External and internal environment, components of external and
internal environment- Environment scanning- Organizations responses to the environment, A
framework for industry analysis, Michael porter’s analysis- usefulness of Industry analysis-
Competitive analysis: Forces shaping competition in an industry- interpreting the Five force
models- Strategic group, and competitor analysis- Internal analysis: Resource based strategy- the
resource based view, Resources- capabilities and competencies- approaches to internal analysis
? STRATEGY FORMULATION AND CHOICE
Corporate level strategy: Introduction- The balanced score card- Grand strategies-
Growth/Expansion strategy- Diversification Strategy- Stability strategy- Retrenchment strategy-
combination strategy, BCG matrix, Global Strategies for corporates– Objective and modes of
entry
CORPORATE RESTRUCUTRING
The concept of corporate restructuring- the process of restructuring- mergers and acquisition-
takeovers- cooperative strategies- Reasons for strategic alliances- risks and costs of strategic
alliances
STRATEGY IMPLEMENTATION AND FUNCTIONAL
STATEGIES
Issues in strategy implementation- Activating strategy and resource allocation- strategy-structure
relationship- the functional structure- divisionalisation- Functional level strategies:
Operational strategy, financial strategy, marketing strategy and Human resource strategy
BEHAVIOURAL IMPLEMENTATION
Corporate Governance and strategic management- Strategic Leadership- Corporate culture and
Strategic management- Corporate Politics and Power- Personal values and Business Ethics
STRATEGIC EVALUATION AND CONTROL
Importance, barriers- evaluation criteria- strategic control- operational control- evaluation
techniques for operational control- characteristics of an effective control system

STRATEGY AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
Designing a technology strategy- Technology forecasting and R & D Strategies- Strategies for
acquisition and absorption of technology- Social audit

Rao, V.S.P., & Krishna, V.H., (2013).Strategic Management: Text and Cases. New Delhi:
Excel Books.
. Amason, A.C. (2011). Strategic Management :From theory to Practice(1 st ed.). New
York: Routledge.
2. Barney, J.B. &Hesterly, W.S.(2011).Strategic Management & Competitive Advantage:
Concepts & Cases(4 th ed.). Prentice Hall.
3. Dess, G., Eisner, A., Lumpkin, G.T., &Namara, G.M. (2011).Strategic Management:
creating competitive advantages (6 th ed.).McGraw Hill Education.
4. Hill, C.W.L., & Jones, G.R. (2012). Strategic Management-An Integrated Approach
(10 th ed.).South Western: Cengage Learning.

Evaluation Pattern
CIA I = 30 marks
CIA II = 50 marks
CIA III = 30 Marks
ESE = 100 marks

BBA541A - SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT
(2017 Batch)
No of Lecture
Hours/Week:4
Course Description: To understand this course students should be familiar with the Indian and global
financial systems, market mechanisms and instruments of investment from individual and corporate
perspective.
Course Objectives
To familiarize students with the different investment options available in India and foreign markets.
To understand the tools, techniques and strategies used in security analysis, valuations and
managing a portfolio.
To acquaint students with the investment environment
To understand the security valuation of models and decision making process
To comprehend the portfolio construction, revision and risk return trade off.
To equip students with the trading knowledge in cash and future market in India.
Learning Outcome
Learning Outcome
Students are expected to understand the impact of changing economic fundamentals and corporate
performance on the risk –return parameters, valuations of different securities, and understanding the
efficiency of the market in the portfolio construction and management.

Introduction
Financial Meaning of investment - significance of savings and investment - understanding of security,
portfolio, speculation, gambling, and arbitrage mechanisms - Risk- systematic risk and unsystematic
risk-Interest rate risk, inflation risk etc.-financial and business risk Legal framework of securities
market, Comparison between investment and speculation and its significance in Indian financial
system, Profile of Indian investors and factors influencing investment decisions. Financial positions,
tax positions, risk perception and attitude - Risk-Return relationship
Investment avenues & attributes
Investments options in India and foreign markets - characteristics features of financial instruments -
company shares, debentures, bonds, convertible securities, hybrid securities, fixed deposits, gilt- edged
securities, post office schemes, company and public provident funds, Other investment schemes and its
features real estate, and insurance schemes. Investment attributes - risk, return, security, marketability,
liquidity and convenience.
Fundamental and Technical
Fundamental analysis – company, industry and economy analysis - Tools for economic analysis-
analysis of GDP-Monetary policy, Inflation Interest rates International influences- links between
economy and industry sectors-prediction about market behavior-tools Technical Analysis Of stock -
points and figures chart, bar chart, contrary opinions theory, confidence index RSA, RSI, Moving
average analysis, Japanese Candlesticks – Bond valuation (Basic Models)

Security Pricing & Valuation
Factors influencing valuation - methods of equity valuation - Earning Valuation modal - use of P/E
ratio, Dividend modal - Zero and constant growth modals. Intrinsic value method, Calculation of
present and forecasted price of the stock
Valuation of fixed income instruments – present and future value - Calculation of simple, holding
period and maturity yield, annuities. Calculation of portfolio net-worth
Derivative market
Introduction to derivatives – Features – Types – Commodity derivatives and Financial derivatives –
Kinds of commodity derivatives – Commodity derivative market in India - Kinds of financial
derivatives – financial derivative market in India
Options and futures
Types of derivatives
Futures – meaning, index futures, valuation of index future. Arbitrage, hedging, pricing index futures,
advantages of futures index, duration effect.
Options – meaning and salient features, call and put options, , options price, writer of options, price
changes, risks, market structure, options v/s Badla, , future v/s options. Option trading strategies.
Portfolio management
Meaning, return on portfolio, risk on portfolio, portfolio managers, SEBI guidelines for portfolio
managers, portfolio management services. Efficient Market Hypothesis,Portfolio theory - contribution
of William Sharpe and Harry Markowitz,- Single index model, capital asset pricing modal and
arbitrage pricing theory, International Portfolio Investment and management – Risk and return in
international diversification
Reference Books:
1. Madhumati, R.M. (2008). Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. New Delhi: Pearson
Education.
2. Avadhani, V.A. (2008). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. New Delhi: Himalaya
Publications.
3. Bhalla, V.K. (2008). Investment Management. New Delhi: S. Chand.
4. Fischer, D. (2008). Sercurity Analysis and Portfolio Managent. New Delhi: Peasons Education.
5. Fischer D.E. (2009). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Pearson Education.
Recommended Text Book:
Singh, P. (2013). Investment Management. New Delhi: Himalaya.

Evaluation Pattern
CIA I A CIA I B CIA II CIA III ESE Attendance Total
5% 5% 25% 10% 50% 5% 100%
BBA542B - BRAND MANAGEMENT (2017 Batch)

The course explores the significance of branding with the emerging managerial, relational and social perspectives.
Learning Outcome
To familiarize students with the various concepts of brand management and to facilitate them to understand the major
paradigms of brand building
Concept of 'Brand'
Brand VS Product, Why Brand? Can everything be branded? Identification of branding challenges and opportUnities;
Strategic brand Management Process
Customer based brand equity
Customer based brand equity; sources of brand equity, CRM, Brand equity VS Customer equity
Brand Positioning
Points of parity & points of difference, positioning guidelines, brand mantras, internal branding.
Brand elements
Brand elements- criteria for choosing it, integrated marketing communication.
Leveraging Secondary Brand Associations
Co-branding, licensing, celebrity endorsement, event sponsoring.
Managing Brand Equity
What it means: how to build it; Understanding and measuring brand equity using Inter-brand methodologies,Monitoring
brands, Sources of brand equity (Brand Awareness, Brand personality, Brand loyalty, Brand audit-Brand inventory, brand
exploratory, Qualitative & Quantitative Research techniques.
Managing Brand Extensions ?brand hierarchy, design of a brand
strategy
Brand Extension: Types of Brand Extension, Line and Category Extension, Pros and Cons of Brand Extension-Need for
extension, Multi-Brand Strategy, Geographical Expansion.
Managing brands Over Time
Brand Architecture: Handling a Large Portfolio, Multi-Brand Portfolio. Brand Hierarchy, Revitalizing brands: Re-launch,
Rejuvenation, when brand is dying or stagnating, or when the market is dying or stagnating.
Special branding categories
Service brands, Private labels, Industrial brands, Luxury brands, Heritage brands, Internet brands, TOM (Top of mind recall)
brands. Brand building in Indian context, Managing Premium brands.
Keller, K.L. (2013). Strategic Brand Management(3rd edi). Prentice Hall of India.

Aaker, D.A. (2011). Brand Relevance: Making CompetitorsIrrelevant, Jossey-Bass.
Aaker, D.A., &Joachimsthaler. E. (2000). Brand Leadership. New York: Free Press.
Kapferer, Jean- Noel. (1997). Strategic Brand Management. Dover, NH Kogan Page.
Holt, D.B. (nd). How Brands Become Icons. The Principles of Cultural Branding, Harvard Business School Press.
Deming, S. (2007).The Brand who Cried Wolf. Wiley Publishers.
Ries, A.I., & Trout, J. (nd). Positioning: The Battle of Minds.
Berthon. P et al (2011).Brand worlds: from articulation to integration, Journal of Advertising Research, 182-194.
Farquhar, P.H. (1990).Managing brand equity, Journal of Advertising Research30(4), 7-12.
McAlexander, J.H, Schouten, H.W, & Koenig, H.F.( 2002).Building brand commUnity,Journal of Marketing, Vol. 66, No.1
Keller, K. & Lehmann, D.R. (2006).Brands and branding research: research findings and future priorities, Marketing Science,
25(6), 740–59.
Brodie.R.J&Chernatony, L.D,(2009).Towards new conceptualizations of branding: theories of the middle range.Marketing

Theory, 9(1), 95-100.
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3 Attendance

1 2 MSE 1 2
Marks – 15 (7.5)* Marks – 15 (7.5)* Marks – 50 (25)* Marks – 15 (7.5)* Marks – 15 (7.5)* Marks – (5)*
Quiz / Test Presentation Test Written Assignment Presentation

BBA542C - COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT (2017 Batch)
No of Lecture
Hours/Week:4
Course Description:
The course provides the knowledge base for understanding the relevance of remuneration and reward
to employees. The course discusses in detail the broad areas in Compensation Management concepts,
applications and research. The course equips students with tools to effectively manage rewards for
individuals and groups in organizations in order to attract, motivate and retain them.
Course objectives:
•To develop understanding of conceptual knowledge of Compensation Management.
•To identify the various types of financial and non-financial reward strategies.
•To classify the different perks and perquisites offered to employees ranging from Junior to Senior
most Executives.
•To frame Reward philosophy and Reward Policy for the organization.
Learning Outcome
At the end of course, students will be able:
To identify main elements of compensation structure in an organization at various levels.

To analyze the terms of negotiation for remuneration with different stakeholders like
management, union leaders and fresh hires.
To design financial and non-financial rewards for an organization.
To develop a Job Evaluation Model for a specific industry.

The Foundation of Reward Management
Concept, Transactional and Transformational aspects of RM; The Total Reward Process; Motivational,
Financial and Non-Financial Rewards; Factors affecting levels of Pay
Evolution of Reward Management
Reward Philosophy, Strategy, and Policy

Job Analysis
Definition, Process, Job description: elements and concepts; Job Evaluation-Definition, Purpose,
Methods, Job evaluation process.
Wage and Salary administration
Nature and purpose, Compensation, Reward. Wage levels and Wage structure; Wage determination
process; Theory of Wages; Types of Wages; Wage differentials.
Contingent Pay
Paying for Performance, Competence related pay; Skill related pay; Shop floor incentives and Bonus
schemes; Sales force Incentive schemes.
Special Aspects of Reward Management
Executive and International compensation; Compensation for teams; Gain Sharing; Profit sharing;
Employee and Executive Share schemes; Boardroom pay.
Total Rewards
Employee Benefits and Total Remuneration: pensions, Tax considerations; Fringe benefits; Fringe
benefits in India.
Managing Reward System
Evaluating the Reward System, Pay Reviews, Control and Responsibility for reward, Reward
Management procedures, and Computerized reward management
Michael Armstrong & Helen Murlis, Reward Management- Remuneration Strategy and Practice, Crest
Publishing House, 4TH Edition, 2014
•Armstrong, M. (2014). A Handbook of HRH Practice (6th edition), Kogan Page Ltd.
•Mamoria, C.B. (2014).Personnel Management (5th edition). Himalaya Publishing House.
•Bhatia, K. (2014).Compensation Management (2nd edition), Himalaya Publishing House.
Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1 - 30 Marks
CIA 2 (MSE) - 50 Marks
CIA 3 - 30 Marks
ESE - 100 Marks
Attendance - 5 Marks
BBA543A - STRATEGIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (2017 Batch)
Course Description
Strategic Financial Management emphasizes on the application of financial management techniques strategically
to achieve the objectives of the organisation. This is done through the reassessment of the fundamental
assumptions that cut across the traditional boundaries of the subject. The course emphasis on how strategic
financial decisions should be taken by the managers, with reference to classical theory and contemporary
research. The course intends to provide various strategies involved in financial decision making process and
update the students on the availability of various sources of financing, choosing appropriate sources of financing
to have optimum capital structure. It also covers various techniques in managing an organization’s financial
resources through better investment decisions (techniques) achieve its business objectives and maximize its value
which will help students who will be budding entrepreneurs/businessman/financial analyst.
Course Objectives:
1. To demonstrate the applications of strategic aspects in various functional decision making process.
2. To enhance finance skill of the students pertaining to different techniques of financial management
strategically to achieve the objectives of the organisation
3. To provide the students as to the latest developments occurring in the field of finance with regard to
alternative sources of finance for long term and short term investment
4. To equip students to identify, evaluate and develop strategies relating to financing, investing and dividend
decisions.
Learning Outcome
By the end of this course students will be able to
Understand the strategic planning and its impact on the financial performance of the companies
Identify and apply various strategies in functional decision making process.
Evaluate alternate sources of finance to choose the best source of financing for the long term and short
term investment to achieve the objectives of the organisation
Formulate strategies relating to financing, investing and dividend decisions.

Financial Planning and Risk Analysis:
Formulation of Strategies & policies, objectives & goals - Components of financial strategy- Strategic planning
process. Strategic decisions - Characteristics of Financial Planning - Estimating between Strategic Planning &
Financial Planning - Meaning of Financial Requirements, Financial Linkage. Statistical techniques for Risk
Analysis – Probability defined –- Standard Deviation – Co efficient of Variation–Risk adjusted discount rate –
Certainty Equivalent Sensitivity analysis – Decision Tree analysis
Capital Structure theories and planning:
Concept and its importance, process of capital structure decisions. Theories of Capital Structure. Capital
Structure and Value of the firm. Agency cost and its effect on value. Capital Structure policies in practice.
Asset Based Financing:
Leasing – Meaning, Importance, Types, Tax & Accounting considerations. Evaluation of lease from the point of
Lessor & Lessee. Lease vs. Buy Decision. Hire-Purchase (HP) – Meaning – Features – Difference between HP &
Credit sale Differences between Leasing & HP Differences between Leasing & Installment system RBI guidelines
for HP & Problems of HP in India - Project Financing – Characteristics - & Financing arrangements for
Infrastructure Projects.

Dividend Theory and policy:
Concept and importance. Models to maximize the market value of equity shares.Stability of dividend
indicators.Analysis of dividend policy in practice.
Venture Capital/ Private Equity:
Concept, Characteristics, Growth, Differences between VC financing & Conventional Financing - Stages of VC
Financing Schemes - Legal aspects in VC financing. Working of venture capital funding agencies in India
Alternative Finance
FinTech based alternative finance – growth – regulation – Types – Crowd Funding (Charity, Regards and Equity),
P2P and market lending, Lines of Credit, SME loans, Invoice factoring and Equipment financing – alternative
finance and inclusive growth
Books for reference:
1. Maheshwari S N, Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2012
2. Chandra, P, Financial Management, Tata McGrawhill, New Delhi, 2014

Recommended Text:
Pandey I.M, Financial Management- Latest Edition Vikas Publishing House.

Evaluation Pattern
Assessment outline:
Sr No. Components Marks
1 CIA-I 30 Marks(50% weightage) 15
A. Assignment to identify and evaluate the

financial strategy (Google class room
submission) (15 marks (Group assignment)
B. Assignment on Review of articles (15 marks

(Individual assignment)
2 MID-SEMSETER – 50 Marks (50 % weightage) 25

3 CIA-III 30 Marks(50% weightage) 15
A. Info graphics 20 marks (Group assignment)

B. Assignment (Google Class Room) - 10 marks
(Group assignment)
4 END-SEMSETER – 100 Marks(40% weightage) 40

5 Attendance - 5 Marks 05
Total 100
BBA543B - RETAIL MANAGEMENT (2017 Batch)

Course Description: This course introduces students to the new features in retail management, a real -
world approach focusing on both small and large retailers. Students will examine the dynamics of
business decision making and demonstrate the ability to identify, describe and apply the essential
business concepts, theories and practices with respect to the subject retail marketing.
Course objectives: After completing the programme the student should be able to
Appreciate the terms, practices and applications in retail management

Relate these terms to practical problems and give solutions realistically
Learning Outcome
Course Outcome: The course is designed to provide an in-depth understanding of retail marketing,
building sustainable relationships, buyer’s behavior, pricing strategies and delivery channels to the end
users, and providing cutting edge coverage on the latest topics and developments in retailing

Introduction to retailing
Reasons for studying retailing, economic significance & opportUnities in retailing, types of retailers –
food retailers, general merchandise retailer, non-store retail format, service retailing, single store
establishment, corporate retail chain, multi channel retailing, Benefits offered by electronic channel.
Retailing in emerging world, Multinational Brand and retailing in third world.
Retail market strategy
Target market retail format, Building a sustainable competitive advantage, for growth strategies, steps
in strategic and retail planning and operation management, Evaluating competition in retailing, Retail
market information system
Retail locations
Site location – factors affecting the demand for a region & attractiveness of a site

Supply chain management
Advantages through supply chain management flow of information, logistics – distribution centre,
quick response delivery systems, e-retailing, outsourcing.
CRM
Overview, collecting customer database, Identifying target customers, developing & implementing
CRM programs
Merchandise management and product management
Objectives for merchandise plan, assortment planning process; Establishing and maintaining
relationships with vendors, pricing strategies – cost oriented, demand oriented, competition oriented &
use of breakeven analysis. Price adjustments to stimulate retail sales.
Retail communication mix
Communication programs to develop brands & build customer loyalty, methods of communicating
with customers, planning retail communication process. Retail Branding

Store management
Store layout, types & features, store design – merchandise presentation techniques, atmospherics, customer service GAPS
model for improving retail service quality
Indian context of retail management
Phase of growth, career opportUnities, and India’s profile against the global retail market. Legal and ethical behavior in
retailing
Essential Reading
Levy, M., &Weitz, B. (2013). Retail Management (Latest edi). Irwin/McGraw Hill
Recommended Reading
Gilbert, D. (2008). Retail Marketing Management (2ndedi), Pearson Education.
Pradhan, S. (2007).Retail Management Text & Cases (2ndedi), McGraw Hill Co.
Nair, S. (2011).Retail Management (4thedi), Himalaya Publishing House.
Dion, J., &Topping, T. (2007).Start & Run a Retail Business, Jaico Publishers.
Vedamani, G.G. (2003). Retail Management, Jaico Publishing House.
Evaluation Pattern
CIA I & III for 30 marks each with 2 components each
CIA II is MSE 50 Marks
ESE 100 marks
BBA543C - INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

(2017 Batch)

The course provides basic knowledge about the enduring concepts in Internationalization of business and its
implication on Human Resources Management. It provides understanding of challenges in sustaining international
operations through assignments and managing recruitment, staffing, training and development, compensation
management. The course focuses on the expatriate management and the ethical practices of a business enterprise
across the world.
Course Objectives:
● To provide understanding of various international aspects of human resources management.
● To impart working knowledge of legal requirements for HR functions in a multinational context.
● To identify cross cultural issues, varying management practices and diverse systems related to
internationalization of business.
● To analyses the factors creating organizational competitive advantage through the international development
of a cadre of cross-culturally savvy managers.
Learning Outcome
To demonstrate understanding of basic knowledge about IHRM challenges.
To analyse challenges and issues of internationalization of business from an HR Professional’s
perspective.
To develop programs in order to prepare the workforce for internationalization.

Globalization and HRM
Globalization, Evolution of global HRM, global versus domestic HRM, mapping global HRM.
International human resource management and culture
The nature and importance of culture, country and regional cultures, country culture versus MNE
culture, cultural convergence or divergence, impact of culture on IHRM, Research in IHRM.
International workforce planning and staffing
International workforce planning, staffing-choices and implication for MNEs.
International recruitment, selection and repatriation
Staffing with expatriates, the international recruitment function, mistakes and failures, successful
expatriation and best practices.
International training and management development
The training function, virtual and global teams, global leadership development, cross cultural
preparation, knowledge management and MNEs

International compensation, benefits and taxes
International remuneration, compensation and benefits, determinants of compensation, international
compensation and benefits management.

International Employee Performance Management
Performance management function and MNEs, international assignees and PA.
Well-being of International workforce, and international HRIS
Well-being of International workforce, Health and safety, crisis management, global HR support
service and information systems
International M&A, JV and Alliance
International combinations-introduction, IHRM and international M&A, JV and Alliances
Comparative IHRM: Operating in other regions and countries, future
trends
HRM issues in Europe, North America, Asia, IHRM department, professionalization of IHRM, Future
of IHRM.
Peter, D.J., & Denice, W.E. (2013). Interna onal Human Resource Management, Cengage.
Hilary, & Harris. (2012). Interantional HRM. VMP Publications.

Jane, B., & Punnet. (2010). Internationational Perspective on Organization Behaviour and HRM.
New Delhi: Excell Books.
Monir, & Tayeb, H. International Human Resource Management. Oxford Publication.
Senguta, N., & Bhatacharya, M. S. (2009). International HRM. Delhi: Excell Books
Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1 = 30 marks (15% weightage)
CIA 2 = 50 marks (MSE, 25% weightage)
CIA 3 = 30 marks (15% weightage)
Attendance = 5 marks (5% weightage)
ESE = 100 marks (40% weightage)

BBA543D - FAMILY BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (2017 Batch)
No of Lecture
Hours/Week:4
Family Businesses make up most of the businesses that operate in our country. The success of these businesses
contribute to the over-all economic development of our country. Understanding how family businesses are run, why
family businesses are considered special, dynamics of the family within the business, Ownership legacy, sibling
rivalries, professionalism, succession, and strategic planning are some of the topics that will be covered in this
course. The students will also learn leadership and relationships that are inherent in family businesses and how these
are intertwined in the ownership, governance and management of the family business.
To provide an exposure and understanding to the students regarding the importance of family
managed business, governance and relational dynamics in family firms.
To make the students acquainted with regard to professionalising the family business, conflict
resolution, taking leadership position, importance of succession planning and working on wealth
management for family and business.
To enable students to align with the vision of the Family Business and build new strategic directions.
Learning Outcome
By the end of the course students will be
well versed with the basic concepts and dynamics of family managed businesses
able to gain more insights about managing family business/own venture in a professional way
able to identify and develop solutions to immediate problem areas in their own businesses
better equipped to lead their own family businesses and compete with a strategic perspective on growth

Introduction
Nature, Importance, and Uniqueness of Family Business; Economic impact; Working Definition of Family
Business; Life Cycle; Family Systems, Dynamics Challenge, Genograms, Policy Making; Perspectives-The
Systems Theory, The Agency Theory, The Strategy View, The Stewardship Theory; Ethics, Social Responsibility,
Philanthropy in Family Business, Contemporary Research

FAMILY BUSINESS GOVERNANCE
The ownership challenge; Professionalization challenge; Diagnosing Family Business; Governance-Board of
Directors, Family Councils, Family Offices
SUCCESSION
Development and Selection of Next Generation; Transfer of Power; Future of Family Business; Transgenerational
Entrepreneurship; Strategic Planning
ESTATE PLANNING
Importance of generational transfers; Pitfalls of estate planning; Estate Taxes; Owner’s Plan-responsibilities of
Board, owner and management; Trusts and other Legal Devices
WEALTH MANAGEMENT
Financial Measures; Financial Statement Analysis; Family Business Accounting; Business Valuation, Valuation
Methods
KEY NONFAMILY MANAGEMENT
Nonfamily Managers, Perspectives, concerns; Career opportunities; Extending culture, Motivating and retaining;
Best Practices
Poza, E. J. & Daugherty, M.S. (2015), Family Business, 4th Edition, Cengage Learning
Poza, Ernesto J. (2007). Family Business. Mason, OH: Thomson South-Western.
Craig.E.Aronoff, Stephen.L.Mc Clure & John L. Ward (2011), Family Business Succession.
A.V. Vedpuriswar & A.Mukund (2002), India’s family owned Businesses, ICFAI Case study series, Published by
ICFAI Press.
Amy Schuman, Stacy Stutz and John.L.Ward (2010), Family Business as Paradox, Palgrave Macmillan.
Kavil Ramachandran (2015), Ten Commandments for family Business, Sage Publications.
Gita Piramal (1996), Business Maharajas, Penguin Books India (P) Ltd.
Mark T.Green (2011),,Inside the Muti- Generational Family Business, Palgrave
Macmillan.
Evaluation Pattern
60 CIA + 40 ESE=100Marks
CIA 1=30Marks-15Marks-Case Study/Article Review/Group Activity/Management

Games/Seminar/Industry Academia Conclave
CIA 2=50 Marks-25Marks-Mid Semester Examination
CAI 3=30Marks-15Marks-Case Study/Article Review/Group Activity/Management

Games/Seminar/Industry Academia Conclave
BBA544A - BUSINESS VALUATION (2017 Batch)
This course introduces to concepts of business valuation especially corporate valuation, its purpose, features, standard
techniques. Further, this course focuses on development of analytical and business valuation skills among the students which
will help in formulating business and competitive strategies.
• To understand the purpose of business valuation and to gain concepts of business valuation process
• To apply the standard techniques of business valuation in practice
To develop analytical skills and communication strategies for discussing business valuation.
• To assess a firm’s business and competitive strategy and to assess whether business creates value for shareholders
Learning Outcome
• Understanding the basics of business valuation and its methods
• Application of the standard techniques of business valuation in practice
Development of analytical skills in business valuation.
• Ability to assess a firm’s business and competitive strategy and whether it is creating value for shareholders
Introduction to business valuation
Business valuation-an Overview-Context of valuation-Approaches to Valuation-Features of the valuation process: Book value
approach, Stock and debt approach, discounted cash flow approach, Relative valuation approach, option valuation approach-
Features of the valuation process-Corporate valuation in practice
Discounted Cash Flow methods
Enterprise Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) Model - Analyzing historical performance-Estimating the cost of Capital-
Forecasting performance-Estimating the continuing value-Calculating and interpreting the results-Other DCF models: Equity
DCF Model: Dividend discount model, free cash flow to Equity (FCFE) model-Adjusted present value model-Economic profit
model-Applicability and Limitations of DCF analysis
Valuation
Relative valuation-Steps involved in Relative valuation-Equity valuation multiples-Enterprise valuation multiples-Choice of

multiple-Best practices using multiples-Assessment of relative valuation
Non-discounted cash flow method
Other Non DCF Approaches-Book Value approach-Stock and Debt approach-Strategic approach to valuation-Guidelines for
corporate valuation
Advanced concepts in Valuation
Advanced issues in valuation-Valuation of companies of different kinds-valuation in different contexts-Loose ends of

valuation-Valuation of intangible assets: Patents, trademarks, copyrights and licenses; Franchises; Brands
Value Based Management
Value Based Management- Methods and Key premises of VBM - Marakon approach - Alcar approach - Mckinsey approach-
Stern Stewart approach-BCG approach-Lessons from the experiences of VBM adopters
Case Studies in valuation
Case studies in valuation - Bharat Hotels company - Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited - Bhoruka Power Corporation Limited -
Valuation in the Merger of ICICI with ICICI Bank - Sasken Communication Technologies - Valuation of Infosys Brand and
other selected brands.
• Prasanna Chandra. (2011). Corporate Valuation and Value Creation. Tata McGraw Hill.
Damodaran. (2011). Valuation. John Wiley and sons.
Philip R Daves, Michael C. Ehrhardt, and Ron E. Shrieves. (2003). Corporate Valuation: A Guide for Managers and
Investors. Cengage Learning.
David Frykman, Jakob Tolleryd. (2003). Corporate Valuation. Prentice Hall.
Rawley Thomas, Benton E. Gup. (2010). The Valuation Handbook: Valuation Techniques from Today's Top
Practitioners. John Wiley & Sons.
Evaluation Pattern
CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA544C - HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT (2017 Batch)

The course provides an in-depth understanding of various concepts related to the HRD initiatives that
are practiced in organizations. It focuses on the study and practice for increasing the learning capacity
of individuals, groups, and organizations. It explains the process of development and application of
learning based interventions in order to optimize human and organizational growth and effectiveness.
To understand fundamental concepts, methods and approaches to HRD.

To assess training effectiveness in organisation through training needs identification to evaluation
process.
To evaluate the various initiatives like Coaching, Mentoring & Counselling and their impact in
development program.
Learning Outcome
At end of the course, students will be able:
To identify the issues and challenges in HRD at various levels in an organization.

To analyze challenges in implementation of HRD interventions and identifying solutions for the
same.
To design HRD frameworks for various organizations.
Introduction to HRD
Definition, Objectives, Scope and Importance of HRD; HRD philosophy, Features of HRD, HRD
Mechanisms, Integrated HRD systems, HRD field and climate, Organizational strategy and HRD
intervention, HRD Audit.

Pre-Training Work
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Application
Training, development and education, Training policies, objectives and strategies, Importance of TNI,
Pre-training activities, Identifying training needs, Training at different levels, Business goals vs
training.
Curriculum and Pedagogy
Training specification, training design, impediments to effective training, specification of training

methods, seven principles of good practice, expectation of participants, qualities of good trainers.
Training Evaluation
Level of Knowledge: Analytical and application
Purpose of training evaluation, principles of evaluation, process of evaluation, clients in training

process, training evaluation models.
Developing Employees in the Role: Coaching
Roles of Managers, Coaching, Competencies of coaches, developing a coaching eye, coaching style of
leadership, management support in coaching, managing the role stretch of executives.
Developing Leadership: Mentoring
Leaders and Managers, leadership characteristics, developing leadership potential, mentoring,

mentoring vs coaching, implementing mentoring practices.

Helping to Cope: Counselling
Level of Knowledge: Conceptualand Application
Quality of work life, counselling, prerequisites of employee counselling, guidelines to effective

counselling, counselling techniques, types of counselling, counselling process, stress management
interventions, benefits of counselling.

Developing Commitment and Motivation
Level of Knowledge: Conceptualand Application
Organizational commitment, types of commitment, determinants of organizational commitment,

creating a suitable environment, developing commitment in individual employees, Motives and applied
motivation.
· Haldar, U.K. (2013). Human Resource Development (1sted.).New Delhi, India: Oxford
University Press.
Gupta, S.K., & Joshi, R. (2013).Human Resource Development (3rded.).Bengaluru, India:
Kalyani.
Mankin, D. (2013). Human Resource Development.New Delhi, India: Oxford University Press.
SubbaRao, P. (2014). Human Resource Development (2nded.).Bengaluru, India: Himalaya.
Evaluation Pattern
CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project

BBA544D - WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (2017 Batch)
This course on working capital management covers both the theoretical and practical aspects
of working capital management of MSME units. It will highlight the necessity of proper
management of current assets and current liabilities. The relevance of maintaining working
capital in start-ups, sources, uses, impact of deficit will be imparted.
To Equip the students with an in depth knowledge on the importance and various
aspects of working capital Management of business firms.
To Explain the need for having inventory control in firms and familiarise the students
with the techniques of inventory control.
To Equip the students with proper understanding about the significance of sound cash
management system in firms.
To Impart knowledge and understanding about the various sources, uses and impact of
deficit of working capital finance.
Learning Outcome
o Establish and manage a sound credit policy in firms.
o Estimate working capital requirements of business firms for a given period.
o Various sources of working capital financing and how to arrange the same.
o Analyse and estimate the cash position over a given period of time with the help
of cash budget.
o Techniques of inventory control.

Introduction to working capital
Concepts of Working Capital, Operating cycle and production cycle, Types of Working Capital
Significance of Working Capital , Inadequate Working Capital Excess Working Capital and Adequate
or optimum Working Capital Determinants of Working Capital ,Issues in Working Capital management
,Determinants of Working Capital ,Principles of Working Capital Management, Estimation of Working
Capital needs- Working Capital requirement under extra shift. Zero Working Capital approach,
Working capital measurement/ analysis of firms Working Capital position.
Management of CASH
Introduction, Motives of holding cash, managing cash flows Determination of optimum cash balance,.
Cash planning and Cash Budget, Practical problems on cash budget, Cash management models
Investment of surplus cash, Management of Marketable securities Case studies on cash management
Receivables Management
Introduction, Meaning of receivables, Objectives of RM Cost of maintaining receivables.Factors
affecting size of Receivables, Dimensions of RM, and Formation of credit policy and collection policy,
Optimum credit policy, Practical problems on receivables managementFactoring and receivables
Management, Case studies
Inventory Management
Meaning of inventory, Nature of inventory, Need of holding inventory, Benefits of inventory, Risks and
costs of holding inventory.Objectives of inventory management, Tools and techniques of inventory
management, perpetual inventory management system Determination of stock levels, EOQ, ABC
analysis, VED analysis Inventory turnover ratios, Valuation of inventories, Case studies on inventory
management.
Financing of Working capital
Working capital Committee Reports, Dahejia committee, Chore Committee,Marathe committee,
Chakravarty committee and Kannan committee.Sources of Working capital finance, new trends in
financing of working capital by banks Instruments of working capital financing.
Pandey, I..M (2016).Financial Management , Vikas publishers, New Delhi
Srivastava, Mishra (2016) Financial Management Oxford University press, New Delhi
Gupta, Sharma.(2017) Financial Management, Kalyani publishers, New Delhi
Khan M.Y, Jain. (2016) Financial Management, Tata Mac grew publishers.
e-book: Working capital: Accounts receivable Management best practices, John.G.salek,Wiley

Bhattacharya, Hrishikesh. (2016). Working capital Management, PHL learning

Evaluation Pattern
Pre mid semester CIA I
Mid semester CIA 2
Post mid semester CIA 3

BBA545B - INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (2017 Batch)
The course objective is
To introduce the students to international markets, international marketing and the management of
international business.
To educate the rapid expansion of international business during the past decades.
To inform the growth of international trade and its consistent growth in industrial output.
Learning Outcome
After completing the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the manifestations of international markets
Analyse the various aspects in international marketing
Apply the management functions of international marketing
Construct and compare the strategy issues and choices available for managers in international marketing

Introduction to International Marketing
Definition ,Objectives, Scope, Importance, Challenges, International Organization – Driving and
restraining forces, Global Marketing Planning and Organizations,Consumer buying behaviour.
Global Marketing Environment
Global Economic Environment, Socio and Cultural environment-Cultural dynamics in Global market, Political, legal and
regulatory environments
Analyzing and Targeting Global market opportunities
Global customers,Global marketing environment,Products and Services B to C , Products and Services
B to BGlobal information system and Market research, segmentation, targeting and positioning,
importing, exporting and sourcing,Global Marketing Strategy-Global entry and expansion
Stratrgies,Competitive analysis and Strategy.
Global Marketing Mix
Brand and product decisions in global marketing, Pricing decisions, global marketing channels and
physical distributions, Global marketing Communication decisions, global marketing and the digital
revolution.
Strategy and leadership in the twenty first century
Strategic elements of competitive advantage, leadership, organization and corporate social
responsibility
Legal and Ethical in International Marketing
Introduction, Nature of International Business Disputes and Proposed Action, Legal concepts,
International Dispute settlement Machinery, Ethical Consideration in Marketing Communication.
1. Donald L. Brady (2015) Essentials of International marketing, Routledge,Cengage Learning

2. Daniel W Baack, Eric G. Harris, Donald Baack (2012), International Marketing, SAGE Publications
3. U C Mathur (2008) International Marketing Management, SAGE Publications.
4. Pervez N. Ghauri, Philip R.Cateora,(2006) International Marketing, Mc Grawhill Education.

Essential Reading:
Keegan, Warren J., & Green, Mark C. (2017) Global Marketing , Pearson Education Inc. publishing as Prentice Hall
International,
Evaluation Pattern
CIA = 60 MARKS
ESE = 40 MARKS
BBA545D - ENTERPRISE PLANNING AND PRODUCT
DEVELOPMENT (2017 Batch)
Innovation is a vital process in driving change at every level in society: Enterprises which fail to innovate may find
themselves overtaken by competitors to the detriment of economic development and growth on a regional, national
and international scale. Innovation as a process is influenced not only by what happens at the level of an enterprise
but also by aspects of its external environment which constitute the broader innovation system, some of which may
facilitate and others impede the process. Innovation happens in both existing and newly emerging organisations
when entrepreneurial thinkers leverage benefits from the external environment and marshal resources and internal
capabilities to exploit opportunities, taking into account the risks.
This course will draw on theories of innovation and entrepreneurship to explore how effective organisations engage
in these two strongly integrated processes, exploring, in particular, product, service and process innovation and
demonstrating the role of innovation as a driver of organisational growth and development. Recent cases drawn
from a range of sectors will be used to illustrate practical aspects associated with implementing innovation
strategies and the impact of innovative and entrepreneurial behaviour on economic development
a)Understand the importance of new product development to firm performance
b)To inculcate entrepreneurial and design thinking among students for enterprise planning & product
development .
c)To develop an aptitude for innovation culture and persistence for constant improvement .
d)To facilitate learning about innovative organizations and products
e)To help them understand what makes product & process innovation successful.
Learning Outcome
To develop a mature and critical understanding of concepts, theories, and evidence for effective
strategic management of new product and new service development from a marketing perspective.
2. To understand how market analysis tools and selected marketing research tools can be applied to
assess new product and new service development opportunities in Product Development & Enterprise
Planning.
3. To understand the factors that underlie innovation performance and how these vary across different
types of strategic product and service innovations.
4. To be able to describe and present the market opportunity for a new product or service in terms of its
potential users, as well as its competing and complementary products and services.
5. To be able to analyse and present the market opportunity for a new product or new service in terms of the
dynamics of entry timing and the likely trajectory for market development and potential for product-market
disruption and/or entrepreneurial transformation
Module 1: Product Planning:
Understanding Customer and User Needs.
New Product Development stage, including: Idea Generation, Idea Screening, Concept Development
and Testing, Marketing Strategy Development, Business Analysis, Product Development, Test
Marketing, Commercialization, Branding and Globalization Generating Ideas for New Products
Building a Culture of Innovation; Sources of ideas: continuous improvement, imitation, customer
needs analysis, demographic and technological aspects.
Module.2: Design Thinking Techniques
Developing and Selecting Product; Concepts; Product Specifications; Product Architecture; Industrial
Design; User Interface Design
Module.3 Prototyping &Management
Program Management for Product Development; Product Development Economics; Design for Manufacturing;
Product Testing and Reliability ;Simulation and Design Tools; Product Launch; Design for the Environment;
Product Lifecycle Management
Module.4:Testing& Launching New Products:
Pre-test-market forecasting, beta testing, test markets, information acceleration; The social impact of new products;
socially responsible innovation
Module .5: Reviewing the performance of the business
The organizational environment -The internal environment: within the business itself -The trading
status of the business -The management skills within the business -policies and the decision-making
processes -Stakeholders’ interests and objectives. The financial resources, capitalization, working
capital, and cost structure -Past financial performance and profitability -Monitoring and control
systems -The staff resources and their deployment. The market environment -Market share and recent
trends -Quality standards and policies -Current methods of advertising and promotion -Competitors
and their activity -Competitive advantage.The external environment – PESTEL Analysis & SWOT
analysis.
Module 6: Future Planning and exit strategies
Financial planning for growth -Sales and marketing for growth -Innovation and intellectual property -
Developing and implementing the growth strategy -Cause-Effect Diagnosis, Ishikawa Diagram
(Fishbone Diagram)-Exit strategies and succession planning. Cases on Contemporary Enterprises
Melissa Schilling: Strategic Management of Technological Innovation, McGrawHill,International

Edition 2011.
Textbook: Bessant, J and Tidd, J (2015) Innovation and Entrepreneurship: 3rd edition, Chichester, John
Wiley & Sons.
1.New Products Management,9th ed., by Merle Crawford and Anthony DiBendetto, 2018.
2.Norman, Donald A. (2004), Emotional Design: Why We Love (or Hate)Everyday Things, Basic
Books: New York, New York. (REQUIRED)
3.Gladwell, Malcolm (2000), The Tipping Point: How Little Things Can Make a Big Difference, Little,
Brown, and Co.: New York, New York. (OPTIONAL)
4.Moore, Geoffrey (1991), Crossing the Chasm, Harper Collins Publishers: New York, New York.
(OPTIONAL)
5.Urban, Glen L. and John R. Hauser (1993), Design and Marketing of New Products, Revised Edition,
Prentice-Hall, Inc.: Englewood Cliffs, NJ.
(OPTIONAL)
6.A.G. Lafley & Ram Charan: The Game Changer, Crown Business, NY, April, 2008.
7.Chris Denove and James D. Power IV: Satisfaction – How Every Great Company Listens to the
Voice of the Customer, Penguin Books Ltd., 2006.
8.John A. Byrne: World Changers: 25 Entrepreneurs Who Changed Business As We Know It,
Portfolio/Penguin, 2011.
9.Merle C. Crawford and C. Antonio di Benedetto (2003), New Product Management, 7th Ed., Irwin
McGraw Hill.
10. R.G. Cooper, Stage Gate Systems: A New Tool for Managing New Products; Business Horizons
Vol. 33 (1990) pp. 44-54.
11.Xian-Hong Sun & Zhi-Guo Zhang: MengNiu Neinu, Peking University Press, October, 2005
(Inside Meng Niu).
12. Cheng Peng: Bao Jie Ying Xiao (P&G Marketing), Economic Science Publishing House (China),
March 2003.
13. Shuo Wang “No. 1 Brand Made in China-Haier” Elegant Books (Taiwan), 2003.
14. Pete Blackshaw: Satisfied Customers Tell Three Friends, Angry Customers Tell 3,000, Doubleday
(2008)
Dodgson, M. Gann, D. and Salter A.The management of technological innovation:
strategy and practice, Oxford University Press, 2008.
David Butler (2016). Enterprise Planning and Development, A Butterworth-Heinemann

Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA551E - DATA MANAGEMENT FOR BUSINESS ANALYTICS (2017

Batch)

Course Description
The goal of the course is to present a basic introduction to database management systems, with an emphasis on
database design methodologies (ER diagrams and normalization theory), database query languages (relational
algebra and SQL) and Big Data. Students will design and implement a simple database system to deepen their
understanding of the basic database concepts and theories. After taking this course, the students will have the
capability of developing various database applications such as enterprise information systems, e-commerce systems,
business management systems and business analytics.
Course Objective:
· Understand terms related to database design and management
· Understand the objectives of data and information management
· Understand the database development process
· Understand the relational model and relational database management system
· Assess data and information requirements ƒ Construct conceptual data models
· Develop logical data models

Learning Outcome
Create a SQL/MYSQL/NOSQL database to manage data efficiently.
Model data within a relational framework for efficient data analysis.
Link a database to a programmatic interface such as R or Python to undertake more formal analysis of
the data resource.
DBMS & RDBMS
Definition of data, uses & need of data in organizations, Need for Information, Qualities of Information, Definition
of DBMS, Entities & their attributes, advantages & disadvantages of DBMS, DBMS Architecture, Functions of
DBMS , Data Models: The hierarchical model, the network model, the relational model and OORDBMS
Database Design (Practical)
Understanding the need for Data base, mapping user’s output needs with database design, Feasibility Study
Understanding fields, record, file and database, designing front end and back end user interface, integration of
backend database with online and traditional interfaces using MS ACCESS Definition and need of Normalization,
First Normal Form, Second Normal Form, Third Normal Form. Relations, domains & keys.
Relational Model & SQL
Understanding the history of RDBMS, its role and importance of creating robust database, RDBMS Terminology,
CODD's rule for RDBMS, Concept of Relational Model, and SQL: SQL Database creation & manipulation views &
queries on RDBMS.
Database Recovery & Backup, Performance & Security
Introduction to database Recovery, Concurrency Control Techniques, Locking mechanism, Dead
Locks, Techniques of backup, RAID configuration, database Security techniques and storage
technique- DAS, NAS, SAS.
Big Data
Introduction to Big Data, Characterize the phenomena of Big Data and Big Data Analytics, Analyze
and apply different visual analytics concepts and tools for a big data sets, Analyze and apply different
concepts, methods, and tools for analyzing big data in organizational contexts, critically assess the
ethical and legal issues in Big Data Analytics
· Elmasari, Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Addision Wesley.
· Korth, Silbertz, Sudarshan, “Database Concepts”. McGraw Hill.
· Majumdar & Bhattacharya, “Database Management System”, Tata McGraw Hill.
· Date C J.” An Introduction to Database Systems”, Addision Wesley.

Silberschatz, Korth and Sudarshan. “Database System Concepts”. McGraw-Hill Education
Seema Acharya, Subhashini Chellappan, “Big Data and Analytics”, Wiley Publication, 2015
Evaluation Pattern
Marks Weightage
CIA I- A 15
25%
CIA I - B 15
CIA II/ MSE 50 25%
CIA III - A 15
25%
CIA III - B 15
ESE 100 20%
Attendance 5%
BBA552E - DATA VISUALIZATION USING TABLEAU (2017 Batch)

Course Description
Tableau is data visualization software that is used for data science and business intelligence. Tableau
can create a wide range of different visualization to interactively present the data and showcase
insights. It comes with tools that allow drilling down data and seeing the impact in a visual format that
can be easily understood by any individual. Tableau also comes with real-time data analytics
capabilities and cloud support. Students will be able to do Smart, strategic and real-time decision
making for the development of any organization.
Course Objectives:
Understand a business problem through the data.

Understand TABLEAU interface components to create the most effective presentation through
powerful visualization.
Build and interactive dashboards.
Sharing workbook through publish options.
Learning Outcome
· Know where and when to use a level of detail calculations to easily solve complex problems.
Create advanced and useful data visualization types.
· Utilize Tableau for cleansing and modeling data.
· Access mapping functionality beyond Tableau’s native capabilities.
· Build performance dashboards.
· Students will demonstrate awareness & knowledge of Business Analytics.
· Students will demonstrate the ability to think critically in making decisions based on data analytics.
· Students will demonstrate the ability to use technical skills in descriptive and predictive modeling to
support business decision-making.
· Students will demonstrate the ability to translate data into clear, actionable insights.
· Students will demonstrate effective communication skills that facilitate the effective presentation of
analysis results.
· Recreate a star schema from a data warehouse in Tableau.
· Understand partitioning and addressing when using table calculations.
Interface Tableau with PowerPoint for quick and repeatable presentations.

INTRODUCTION TO TABLEAU
BI Evolution - Legacy vs Tableau - Qlikviewvs Tableau - Tableau Products- Tableau Desktop
Workspace –Tableau get started, Navigation, Design flow, Tableau file, and data types and
terminology. First Worksheet-Split, Pivot, Alias, Live vs Extract, Filter, Custom SQL - Measure Names
- Number of Records -Calculated field introduction - Header for a single measure.
DATA VISUALIZATION USING CHARTS
Understanding continuous vs discrete- YOY, Packed bubble chart and word cloud. Dual Axis -Map,
Line and Bar Chart, Quick Filters, Page Shelf. Calculated Field and Parameters, Dynamic measures, IF
and Case statements, Histogram and Bins. Scatter Plot, Box-plot whisker Chart, Bullet Chart.High light
table, Text Table, Heat map Table Calculations, Sub/Grand Total, Aggregate vs Non-AggregateTool
Tip.
EXTRACTS IN DETAIL AND BUILDING DASHBOARDS
Connecting to various sources, Connecting to the web data, ConnectorsWork Sheet Actions, Building
Dashboards, Dashboard Actions, Layouts, Formatting, Story points, and use cases , Level of Detail
Calculations, Row level access, and column level access, Control charts, Using INDEX to sort multiple
columns, SQL Overview, Joins, UNION vs UNION ALL, WITH Statements.
TIME SERIES ANALYSIS AND FORECASTING
Visualize time series data using TABLEAU function - Perform calculations with time series data in
Tableau.
SHARING WORKBOOKS
Publishing to office and PDF; Publishing dashboard to the server, Publishing data source to the server,
Connecting to Data in the server, Publishing extract to the server, Scheduling extract, Permissions,
Groups, Access levels.
· “Tableau Your Data!: Fast and Easy Visual Analysis with Tableau Software”, Daniel G. Murray, Wiley
Publishers, 2013 Edition.
· https://tanthiamhuat.files.wordpress.com/2015/07/communicating-data-with-tableau.pdf
· “Mastering Tableau: Master the intricacies of Tableau to create effective data visualizations”, David
Baldwin, Packt Publishers, November 2016.
· “Communicating Data with Tableau: Designing, Developing and Delivering Data Visualizations”, Ben
Jones.
· “Tableau 10 for Beginners: Step by Step Guide to Developing Visualizations in Tableau 10”,
Chandraish Sinha, Atlantic Publishers and Distributors, May 2017.
· “Tableau for Dummies”, Molly Monsey, Paul Sochan, December 2015.
· https://tanthiamhuat.files.wordpress.com/2015/07/tableau-your-data.pdf
Evaluation Pattern
CIA1: 30 marks (25% weightage).
ESE: 100 marks (20% weightage).
Attendance: 5% weightage.
BBA553E - BASIC R PROGRAMMING FOR ANALYTICS (2017 Batch)
BBA553E - BASIC R PROGRAMMING FOR ANALYTICS (2017 Batch)

Course Description
This course is used to provide an Introduction to R programming language that combines standard
programming capabilities with statistical analysis. The course also gives students the ability to do data
analysis and statistical computing. The course also covers basic data types and operations, functions
and packages, charts and graphs. The course also covers elementary statistics.
Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
Ø Analyse data using the statistical tool R.

Ø Create vectors, lists, matrices, arrays and data frames using R.
Ø Draw charts and graphs using R.
Learning Outcome
Ø Able to Analyse data using the statistical tool R.

Ø Able to Create vectors, lists, matrices, arrays and data frames using R.
Ø Able to Draw charts and graphs using R and analyze the data based on different charts.

Introduction
Features of R – How to install and run R – Comments in R – Reserved words – Identifiers – Constants
– Variables – Operators (Arithmetic, Relational, Logical, Assignment, Miscellaneous Operators) –
Operator Precedence – Strings.
Basic Data Types, Vectors, Lists and Matrices
Basic Data Types (Numeric, Integer, Complex, Logical, Character) – Creating, combining vectors –
Accessing Vector Elements – Modifying Vectors – Deleting Vectors- Vector arithmetic and Recycling –
Vector Element Sorting – Reading Vectors – Creating Lists –Accessing List elements – Updating List
Elements –Merging Lists – List to Vector conversion – Creating matrices – Accessing Matrix Elements
– Matrix Arithmetic – Matrix Manipulation – Matrix Operations.
Arrays, Factors and Data Frames
Creating Arrays – Accessing Array Elements – Array Element Manipulation – Array Arithmetic –
Creating factors – Accessing Factor Components – Modifying factors – Creating Data Frames –
Accessing Data Frames Components – Modifying Data Frames –Aggregating Data – Sorting Data –
Merging Data – Reshaping data – Sub-setting data – Data Type Conversion
Flow Control& Functions
Decision making (using if statement - if…else statement - Nested If…Else statement - ifelsefunction -
Switch statement) – Loops (for loop – while Loop – repeat Loop) – Loop Control statements – break
statement – next statement – Function definition and Function Calling – Function without arguments –
Built-in functions (Mathematical functions – Character functions – statistical functions – date and time
functions – other functions – Recursive function)
Charts & Graphs
Bar charts (Plotting bars vertically and horizontally – Plotting categorical data – Grouped bar chart –
Stacked bar chart) – Histogram (Simple histogram – Histogram with labels, breaks and density lines) –
Line graphs (Simple line graph & Graphs with Multiple lines) – Pie charts (Simple Pie chart –Pie chart
with slice percentages – 3D Pie charts)
Ø W. N. Venables, D. M. Smith, An Introduction to R, R Core Team, 2018.
Ø John Verzani, simpleR – Using R for Introductory Statistics, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group,
2005.
Ø Beginner’s guide for Data Analysis using R Programming by Dr. Jeeva Jose.
Evaluation Pattern
CIA Mode/ Weightage Form of Submission
CIA 1 Moodle 25% MS Word File
CIA 4 Written Exam 25% MS Word File
BBA581 - INTERNSHIP PROJECT (2017 Batch)

The internship is to provide exposure to various departments and provide the students a hands on experience of
working in organizations and understanding their basic functionalities.
Learning Outcome
The student after completing the internship would have understood the basic structure of an organization and the
working procedures of different departments and issues faced by them. which would provide a base for their
career development
Internship Report Format
Contents
Preliminary pages:
- Title page
- Certificate (Organization)
- Certificate (Guide)
- Declaration
- Acknowledgement
- Contents
- List of tables/charts
1. Introduction
1.1 Industry Profile

1.2 Company profile
1.3 Vision, Mission, Goals and Objectives
2. Organization structure/chart (Hierarchy)
3. Functional areas (Divisions)
3.1 Finance
3.2 Marketing
3.3 HRM
3.4 Production
3.5 Any other
4. Analysis & Interpretation (If required)
4.1 Specialization area.

5. SWOT analysis
6. Suggestions/Recommendations
7. Conclusion
References (in accordance with APA 6thed)
Annexures
Evaluation
Project – 50 marks
Viva-voce examination – 50 marks

1
Evaluation Pattern
BBA611A - ADVANCED FINANCIAL SKILLS (2017 Batch)

To give basic concepts of research and its process. To make the students aware of sampling design,
data collection and analytical tools and its role in objectivity of research Understanding of Research
report as the output of a research work and systematized knowledge.
1. To provide skill based activities to enable the students’ domain specific skill.
2. To equip the students in domain specific tools
3. To provide a platform to exhibit their excellence in domain
Learning Outcome
1. Students are able to apply their conceptual understanding.
2. Students are able to mastered in domain specific skill, tool and research

Performance Analysis
Performance analysis using accounting information, Analysis to be done through Common Size
statement, Comparative statement, Ratio and Trend analysis
Time Series Data Analysis - Multiple Linear Analysis 1
Different Data set will be provided/ collected by students. Students are expected to analyze the
same.
I. Collecting last 2 years daily closing prices of Individual stock and Exchange rates.
II. Calculating Log return (%).
III. Descriptive statistics.
IV. Constructing Graph.
V. Stationarity Test
Time Series Data Analysis - Multiple Linear Analysis 2
It’s an Individual Activity –
Different Data set will be provided/ collected by students. Students are expected to analyze the
same. (Continuation of analysis from the last session)
i. Multiple Linear regression Analysis
ii. Autocorrelation test
iii. Heteroscedasticity test
Sensitivity Analysis and Scenario Analysis
Problem will be given (EMI / Net profit Calculation). Students are expected to solve the problem
first and they have to carry out sensitivity analysis and have to create different scenarios by
considering appropriate variables
i. Problem Solution
ii. Sensitivity analysis
i. Scenario
Time value of Money Techniques
It’s an Individual Activity –
Different Data set will be provided. Students are expected to analyze the
same.
i. Present value Annuity calculation
ii. Future Value Annuity Calculation
iii. NPV calculation
iv. IRR calculation
Developing CAPM
Developing Optimum Portfolio construction using SHARPE Index Model ( Using EXCEL )
https://www.cybrary.it/study-guides/pmp-exam-study.../what-is-performance-analysis/
www.statsoft.com/textbook/time-series-analysis
https://www.edupristine.com/blog/all-about-sensitivity-analysis
https://www.careerride.com/fa-time-value-of-money.aspx
Evaluation Pattern
Evaluation Patter:
Class
Participation
30 30 30 10 100
BBA611B - ADVANCED MARKETING SKILLS (2017 Batch)

Marketing analytics enables marketers to measure, manage and analyze marketing performance to
maximize its effectiveness and optimize return on investment (ROI). Beyond the obvious sales and
lead generation applications, marketing analytics can offer profound insights into customer preferences
and trends, which can be further utilized for future marketing and business decisions.
1. To discover, extract, organize and describe data to support business decisions
2. To identify, quantify and interpret relationships between variables
3. To derive customer insights from your data
4. To develop spreadsheet models to analyze data, evaluate risk and optimize business decisions
Learning Outcome
1. Students are able to understand of how to use marketing analytics to predict outcomes and
systematically allocate resources.
2. Students are able to measure brand and customer assets, understand regression analysis, and
design experiments as a way to evaluate and optimize marketing campaigns.
3. Students are able to measure, manage and analyze marketing performance to maximize its
effectiveness and optimize return on investment (ROI).

Basics of Forecasting Models
Identify the necessary components of a forecasting model based on patterns in the history data,evaluate
the performance of a forecasting model using both in-sample and out-of-sample metrics.
Customer Analytics: Predicting Individual Customer Behavior
Exploring your Data with Visualization and Descriptive Statistics,From Analysis to Action
Managing Customer Equity:
This module will discuss managing customer equity, acquisition, retention, & market value, and
customer valuation. You will learn how to decompose customer value into its underlying
components.Linking Customer Analytics to Customer Value
Marketing Mix Modeling
Develop forecasting models is to use them to make decisions regarding the marketing mix activity,
pricing information from competitors, build a series of regression models to evaluate the impact of the
brand’s actions and competitors’ actions.
Marketing Experiments
Effectiveness of different marketing strategies and forecast expected ROI, design basic experiments to
assess marketing efforts and invest effectively, gap between your test results and field implementation,
and explore how web experiments can be implemented cheaply and quickly.
Regression Basics
Identify variables influence consumer behavior in the real world, how weather and a price promotion
affect the prices of the products,use regression and find the relationship, how to set up regressions and
interpret outputs, explore confounding effects and biases, and distinguish between economic and
statistical significance.
https://poetsandquants.com/tag/forecasting-models-for-marketing-decisions/
https://mixpanel.com/topics/what-is-customer-analytics/
https://www.slideshare.net/nusantara99/customer-equity
https://mma.com › Expertise › Commercial Effectiveness
https://www.process.st/marketing-experiments/
www.statgraphics.com/regression-analysis
Evaluation Pattern
Evaluation Pattern:
Class
Participation
30 30 30 10 100
BBA611C - ADVANCED HRM SKILLS (2017 Batch)

HR managers are the key to the success of talentacquisition and management for the organization.
They are responsible for providing the organization with the proper key performance indicators to
show that the organization is in alignment with its mission, values and goals. HR is also responsible for
ensuring that supervisors and managers as well as rank and file employees understand the corporate
policies and procedures. They have the responsibility to ensure that these processes are applied
consistently and correctly. HR has the responsibility to learn the language of business so that they can
communicate with the management of the organization in their space rather than that of HR and
emerge as a true business partner.
Course Objectives
To practice advanced skills that would help them in the growth stages of their career as an HR
professional.
To design various interventions based on business requirements.
Learning Outcome
Design HRinterventions for various organizations/situations.

Salary Fitment
Deciding the salary to be offered to a candidate based on job evaluation techniques and salary fitment.

Closing an Offer
Negotiating with candidates, realistic job previews, closing an offer and follow up with candidates to
the date of joining.
Goal Setting
Designing performance management forms and setting KRAs, aligning with organizational objectives,
provide constructive feedback.

HR Policy Formulation
Designing various types of policy and documenting the same.

Grievance Redressal
Design grievance redressal procedure for various organizations.

Exit Interview
Design exit process forms and flowchart, conduct exit interviews.

www.chrmglobal.com/Replies/2232/1/Salary-fitment-for-potential-employee's.html
https://www.indeed.com/hire/c/info/job-offer-letter-format
https://www.hrpayrollsystems.net/tips-successful-hr-goal-setting/
https://www.citehr.com/25621-hr-policy-formulation.html
https://www.fddiindia.com/aboutus-new/img/Grievance_Redressal.pdf
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exit_interview
Evaluation Pattern
Evaluation Pattern:
Class
Participation
30 30 30 10 100
BBA611D - ADVANCED ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS (2017 Batch)

This is the era of entrepreneurship. The start-up culture has pervaded the socio-economic fabric of our
world and it is imperative that budding entrepreneurs are equipped with the right skills sets that will
see them achieve their goals. The course will address various practical issues that entrepreneurs are
likely to face and give them hands on practice of the same.
Course Objectives
To practice the skills that would help them in the growth stages of their journey as an
entrepreneur.
To develop the skill sets required to become a successful entrepreneur.
Learning Outcome

Sourcing Capital
Processing banking/funding related documents.

Negotiating with suppliers
Negotiating with suppliers, drafting Service level agreements.
Closing a deal
Sales pitch to potential clients/customers/channel partners.

Team Building
Designing various types of interventions that would help bring the team together to achieve
organizational goals.
Business Valuation
Practice various tools and techniques for valuation of a business.

https://www.dcf-llc.com/capital-sourcing/
www.infoentrepreneurs.org/en/guides/negotiate-the-right-deal-with-suppliers/
https://blog.hubspot.com/sales/sales-closing-techniques-and-why-they-work
https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com › Resources › Knowledge

Evaluation Pattern
Evaluation Pattern:
Class
Participation
30 30 30 10 100
BBA631 - INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT (2017 Batch)

Course Description:
This course provides students with the tools to better understand & analyse products and processes with an insurance
component. The course also covers the use of insurance products as part of a broader enterprise wide risk management strategy
and provides an overview of key and unique risk management issues raised as a financial institution conduct issue and annuity
product sales or underwriting activities.This course intends to provide a basic understanding of the insurance mechanismand
understanding of risk and methods of handling risk, risk identification and measurement
Course Objectives:
To make students understand the importance and the basic concepts of insurance.
To familiarize the students with basics of life insurance contract, issuance and settlement of a insurance contract
To know various aspects of General Insurance contract, issuance and settlement of a general insurance contract.
To know the claims management and claims settlement in General Insurance and Life Insurance.
To understand the risk management. risk identification and risk measurement process in Insurance companies.
Learning Outcome
At the end of this course the student would be familiar with different aspects of Life and General Insurance business in India
including understanding of Risk Management processes and strategies adopted by Indian Insurance companies.

Introduction
Historical perspective, Meaning, Nature and Scope of Insurance, Classification of Insurance Business- Life
Insurance and General Insurance- Fundamental principles of insurance- Essentials of Insurance Contracts. Indian
Insurance Industry- Insurance sector Reforms in India-Liberalization of Insurance Markets-Major players of
Insurance. Regulation of Insurance-IRDA
LIFE INSURANCE
Regulations relating to Life Insurance-General principles of life insurance contract proposals and policy;
assignment and nomination; title and claims; concept of trusts in life policy; Growth of Actuarial Science-Features
of Life Insurance-Life Insurance Contract-Life Insurance Documents-Insurance Premium Calculations.
Classification -Classification on the Basis –Duration-Premium Payment- Participation in Profit-Number of Persons
Assured-Payment of Policy Amount-Money Back Policies-Unit Linked Plans. Annuities -Need of Annuity
Contracts -Classification of Annuities
GENERAL INSURANCE
General Insurance-Laws Related to General Insurance-General Insurance Contract- Health Insurance –Medi-
claim Policy, Group Medi-claim Policy, Personal Accident Policy – Child Welfare Policy-Employee Group
Insurance – Features of Group Health Insurance – Group Availability Plan. Fire Insurance -Essentials of Fire
Insurance Contracts, Types of Fire Insurance Policies, and Fire Insurance Coverage - Marine Insurance-Types of
Marine Insurance – Marine Insurance principles Important Clauses in Marine Insurance– Marine Insurance
Policies –Marine Risks-Clauses in Marine Policy. Motor Vehicles Insurance-Need for Motor Insurance, Types of
Motor Insurance, and Factors to be considered for Premium Fixing -Miscellaneous Insurance-Rural Insurance
Rural policies--Obligations of Insurers to the social sector.
RISK MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Risk Management: Risk-Risk and Uncertainty -Types of Risk-Burden of Risk-Sources of Risk-
Methods of handling Risk-Degree of Risk-Management of Risk Risk Management -Risk Management Process-
Identification Loss exposures-Analyzing Loss exposures-Objectives of Risk Management-Select the Appropriate
Risk Management Technique-Implement and Monitor the Risk Management Program-Risk Management by
Individuals and Corporations-Risk Management objectives-Need for a Rationale for Risk Management in
Organizations- Understanding the cost of Risk-Individual Risk Management and the Cost of Risk-Risk
Management and Societal Welfare.
RISK IDENTIFICATION AND MEASUREMENT
Risk Identification-Business Risk Exposures-Individual Exposures-Exposures of Physical Assets -Exposures of

Financial Assets -Exposures of Human Assets -Exposures to Legal Liability - Exposure to Work-Related Injury-
Basic concepts form probability and Statistics. Risk Measurement -Evaluating the Frequency and Severity of
Losses -Risk Control -Risk Financing Techniques -Risk Management Decision Methods -Pooling Arrangements
and Diversification of Risk. Advanced Issues in Risk Management: The Changing Scope of Risk Management-
Insurance Market Dynamics-Loss Forecasting-Financial Analysis in Risk Management -- Decision Making-Other
Risk Management Tools.
Gupta P.K., (2012). Insurance and Risk Management. Bengaluru, Himalayan Publication.
· Dr Neelam C Gulati (2011).Principles of Risk Management and Insurance. New Delhi Excel Publishing
· Dr G Syamala Rao (2011).Growth and Performance of Insurance Sector with Special Reference to LIC of India. New
Delhi Excel Publishing
· Panda G.S., (2012). Principle and practice of insurance. Bengaluru, Kalyani publishers.
· Scott E. Harrington, Gregory R Niehaus. (2007). Risk Management and Insurance. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi.
· C. Arthur Williams, Jr. Peter Young, Michael Smith. (2007). Risk Management and Insurance. Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA632 - OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (2017 Batch)


Operations Management (OM) is concerned with the management of resources and activities that produce and deliver goods
and services for customers. Efficient and effective operations can provide an organization with major competitive advantages
since the ability to respond to customer and market requirements quickly, at a low cost, and with high quality, is vital to
attaining profitability and growth through increased market share.
The course focuses on the basic concepts, issues, and techniques for efficient and effective operations.
Upon completing this course, students should be able to:
understand the strategic role of operations management in creating and enhancing a firm’s competitive advantages
understand key concepts and issues of OM in both manufacturing and service organizations
understand the interdependence of the operations function with the other key functional areas of a firm
apply analytical skills and problem-solving tools to the analysis of the operations problems.
Understand the overall view of the decision-making process as it relates to the major areas of Production & Operations
Management
Learning Outcome
By the end of the course
Students will be well versed with the Basic Principles and processes of operationsManagement.
Students will be able to use and apply knowledge to new situations.
Students must be able to use information and knowledge to solve a problem, answer a question or perform another task.

OPERATION MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS
Introduction, Historical Development, Concept of Production, Production System, Classification of Production System,
Production Management, Objectives of Production Management, Operating System, Concept of Operations, Distinction
between Manufacturing Operations and Service Operations, Operations Management, A Framework for Managing Operations,
Objectives of Operations Management, Managing Global Operations, Scope of Production and Operations Management
OPERATIONS DECISION MAKING,SYSTEMS DESIGN AND
CAPACITY
Introduction, characteristics of decisions, Framework for Decision making, Decision methodology, Decision support system,
Economic model (Break even analysis),Design and Systems capacity, Capacity planning, Process of Capacity planning,
Importance of capacity decisions
FACILITY LOCATION AND LAYOUT
Introduction and meaning Need for selecting a suitable location, Factors influencing plant location/Facility location, General
locational factors, and Specific locational factors for manufacturing organization. Specific locational factors for Service
organization.
MATERIALS MANAGEMENT
Level of Knowledge: Basic / Conceptual / Analytical
Introduction and Meaning, Scope or functions of Materials Management, Material planning and control, Purchasing, Stores
Management, Inventory control, Standardization, Simplification, Value analysis. Just in time, Ergonomics.
QUALITY CONTROL
Introduction, Quality, Fundamental Factors Affecting Quality, Control, Need for Controlling Quality Inspection, Types of
Quality Control, Steps in Quality Control, Objectives of Quality Control, Benefits of Quality Control, Seven Tools for Quality
Control, Causes of Variation in Quality, Statistical Process Control, Quality Circles, Total Quality Management, ISO 9000:
ISO 14000 Series
MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT
Introduction, objective, types, maintenance planning and scheduling, Modern Scientific Maintenance Methods- Six Sigma
Maintenance, Enterprise Asset Management (EAM), Lean Maintenance, Computer Aided Maintenance, Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM).
MATERIALS AND CAPACITY REQUIREMENT PLANNING AND
WASTE MANAGEMENT
Level of Knowledge: Basic / Conceptual / Analytical
Need for Production Planning and Control, Objectives of Production Planning and Control, Phases of Production Planning and
Control, Functions of Production Planning and Control, Operations Planning and Scheduling Systems, Aggregate Planning,
Master Production Schedule (MPS), Material Requirement Planning (MRP), Capacity Planning, Routing, Scheduling.
Introduction and Meaning, Reasons for Generation and Accumulation of Obsolete, Surplus and Scrap Items, Identification and
Control of Waste, Disposal of Scrap.
AUTOMATION
Introduction, Types of Automation, Computer Integrated Manufacturing, Reasons for Automation, Advantages of Automation,
and Disadvantages of Automation, Automation Strategies, Automated Flow Lines, Automated Guided Vehicles Systems, and
Automated Storage/Retrieval Systems
1) Kumar, S. A. & Suresh, N. (2013). Production and Operations Management, New age International publishers.
1. Singh, S.P. (2014) Production and Operations Management, 1/e, New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House
2. Krajewski, Lee J., Ritzman, Larry P., and Manoj K. Malhotra (2013). Operations Management: Processes and Value
Chains, 8/e; New Delhi: Pearson Education.
3. Aswathappa, K. & Reddy, G.S., Reddy, M.K. (2012). Production and Operations Management, Himalaya Publishers.
4. Khann, R.B. (2007). Production and Operations Management. New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt.
5. Richard, B. Chase, Ravi Shankar, F. Robert, Jacobs and Nicholas, J. Aquilano (2010). Operations and Supply
Management 12/e; New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA633 - BUSINESS LAW (2017 Batch)

No of Lecture
Hours/Week:5
Course Description:
This course covers important components of Business Laws such as, Contract Law, Intellectual Property Law, Consumer
Protection Law, Competition Law and Law of Sale of Goods.
To provide an exposure and understanding of important business laws in India to manage the businesses
efficiently and to contribute effectively to the industry in particular and to the society in general. It also seeks
To familiarize the students with the legal scenario of doing business in India.
Learning Outcome
By the time they complete the course they will be confident of the legal requirements of doing business in India.
They will gain an insight in to the important s laws which matter in business world.
Introduction
Meaning and Scope of Business Law – Sources of Indian Business Law.

Law of Contracts
[Indian Contracts Act of 1872]: Definition – types of contracts- Government Contracts: Art. 299 Requirements
under Constitution, Scope and Extent of Art. 299, 'Equity, Fairness and reasonableness, Doctrine of Promissory
Estoppel V/s. Executive Necessity, No person liability. E-Contracts: Meaning & need for Digital Goods, Unfair
terms in E-contract, Information technology Act and E-Contract. Indian Evidence Act– essentials – offer,
acceptance, consideration, capacity of parties, free consent, legality of object and consideration, various modes of
discharge of a contract, remedies for breach of contract.
Intellectual Property Laws
Meaning and scope of intellectual properties – Patent Act of 1970 and its amendments as per WTO agreement, back ground,
objects, definition, inventions, patentee, true and first inventor, procedure for grant of process and product patents, WTO rules
as to patents, rights to patentee – infringement – remedies. The Copy Rights Act, Meaning – Its uses and rights. The Trade
Marks Act, its meaning, registration, procedures – infringement – Authorities concerned –Remedies.

Competition Law
Concept of Competition, Development of Competition Law, overview of MRTP Act 2002, Anticompetitive Agreements,
Abuse of dominant position, combination, regulation of combinations, Competition Commission of India; Appearance before
Commission, Compliance of Competition Law. Competition Law 2003: Meaning and scope, salient features, offences and
penalties under the Act.

The Sale of Goods Act 1930
Definition of goods, Sale and Agreement to Sell, Conditions and Warranties, Rights &Liabilities of a Buyer & Seller, Rights of
an Unpaid Seller.

Law of Consumer Protection
Consumer Protection Act 1986: Back ground – definitions – consumer, consumer dispute, Complaint Procedure, defect,
deficiency, and service, Remedies, Consumer Protection Council, Consumer Redress Agencies, District Forum, State
Commission and National Commission
Cyber Laws
Information Technology Act, 2000: Objectives, definitions and salient features, provisions pertaining to piracy and related
offences and personalities
Gulshan, S.S. (2014). Business & Corporate Law, Excel Books, New Delhi.
1. Anson, W. R. (2009). Law of contract (29th edition), Oxford University Press, Oxford, New Delhi.
2. Avtar, S. (2011). Principles of Mercantile Law (9th Edition), Eastern Book Company, New Delhi.
3. Kapoor, N.D (2012.). Elements of Mercantile Law, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
4. Padmanabhan, A. (2012. Intellectual property rights: Infringement and remedies, LexisNexis Butterworth’s,
Nagpur.
5. Tulsian, P.C. (2013). Business Laws, 5th Edition), Tata-McGraw Hill Education Limited, New Delhi
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA641B - INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION (2017 Batch)

This course provides an overview of marketing communications and promotion
management. The course illustrates, apply, and develop an understanding of the role of advertising and
promotion within the context of a balance of theoretical and practical perspectives through the
integration of various concepts/theories and practical applications of marketing communication.
Course Objectives
- To analyze the relationship of five elements of the promotional mix.
- To develop and understanding of the overall marketing process and the role of the promotional mix in
the marketing mix and strategy.
- To develop an understanding of the legal and social issues, the regulatory process, concerning the
promotional mix.
Learning Outcome
-To understand the planning, implementation, and evaluation process of marketing communications.
-To determine the role of the promotional mix in the development of strategic/ tactical marketing plans
so as to understand how the marketing communication process influences consumer decision
making

Overview of promotion management & IMC-
Role of IMC in marketing process: Why Integrate Marketing Communication? IMC planning model,
Marketing and promotion process model. Communication process, steps involved in developing IMC
program, Effectiveness of marketing communications Advertising- Purpose, Role, Functions, Types
Advertising Vs Marketing mix, Advertising appeal in various stages of PLC. Fundamentals of
MARCOM Decisions: Targeting, positioning, objective setting and budgeting
Advertising Management?
Goal setting - DAGMAR approach, effective and creative ad messages, endorser, sponsors,Various
budgeting methods used.Internet advertising
Media Planning ?
Developing Media plan – scheduling reach & frequency, problems
Media strategy: Creativity, Elements of creative strategies and its implementation, Ad copy Headline
and body copy. Media Evaluation – Print, Broadcast media, Support media in advertising.
Types of Ad agencies, Services offered by various agencies, Criteria for selecting the agencies and
evaluation. Various famous Indian advertising agencies, Structure of advertising industry, choosing an
Advertising Agency, Account planning and Account brief.
Sales Promotion, PR ?
Meaning, Importance, tools used, conventional/ unconventional, drawbacks, push pull strategies, Co-
operative advertising, Integration with advertising and publicity .Public relation/ Publicity : Meaning,
Objectives, tools of public relations, Public relation strategies Goals of publicity, Corporate
Advertising – Role, Types, Limitations, PR Vs Publicity, Campaign Management, Trade promotion
and consumer promotions – Types, Planning for sales promotion program, Push and Pull Strategies.
Monitoring, Evaluation and Control ?
Measurement in advertising, various methods used for evaluation, pre-testing, Post testing
Belch, George E. and Michael A. Belch (2000), Advertising and Promotion: An Integrated Marketing
Communications Perspective, 6th Ed. Boston: Irwin McGraw-Hill
Shimp, T. A(2014) Integrated Marketing Communication in Advertising and Promotion, 8th

Ed,Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA641D - INDUSTRIAL MARKETING (2017 Batch)

Course Description:
The course is designed to provide students with the ability to understand industrial markets and
relevant industrial marketing strategies. The course will also cover market structures and demand in
business markets.
Objectives
a) To help the learner distinguish between consumer marketing and industrial marketing
b) To understand the nuances of industrial marketing, and
c) To learn to formulate industrial marketing strategies and also design industrial marketing mix
elements
Learning Outcome
Students should be able to;
a) Evaluate the nature and role of industrial markets and develop and implement relevant
industrial marketing strategies.
b) Develop critical analysis and problem-solving abilities with respect to industrial marketing.
Be well equipped to apply strategies in an Industrial Marketing context

Introduction to Industrial Markets
Industrial Marketing System, Concepts and Characteristics - Types of Industrial Markets - Industrial Buyer
Behaviour, Industrial Marketing Vs. Consumer Marketing, Relational approach to Industrial Marketing- The
Nature of Industrial Demand & Industrial Customer
Strategic Industrial Marketing (S.T.P.):
Marketing Information Systems and Marketing Research – B2B Commerce. Factors influencing
Organizational Buying: Buying Roles; Organizational Buying Decision Process; Environmental &
organizational Influences Organizational Influences on Buying Behaviour: Buying Roles; The Buy
Grid Model; The Organizational Buying Decision Process.
Classification of Industrial Products and Services:
New Product Development and Introduction - Industrial Product Management - Pricing Decisions in
Industrial Markets, Pricing Objectives - Price Decision Analysis –Breakeven analysis – net pricing –
discount pricing – trade discounts –– factory pricing – freight allowance pricing – Terms of Sale –
Outright purchase – Hire-purchase – Leasing, Major Equipment; Accessory Equipment; Raw and
Processed Materials; Component Parts and Sub- Assemblies; Operating Supplies; Standardized and
Non-standardized parts, Industrial services
Formulating Marketing Channel Strategies and Physical Distribution
decisions
Channel Management -Promotional Strategies for Industrial Goods/ Services.Formulating channel
strategy – Pricing strategy- Promotional strategy – Sales force automation.
Supply Chain & Industrial Marketing:
Conceptual Framework of Supply chain; Decision phases in a supply chain; Process view of a supply chain. ;The
importance of supply chain flows; Competitive Supply Chain Strategies.; Achieving strategic fit.
Inventory Management and Risk Pooling
Introduction; A single warehouse inventory; The economic lot size model ;The effect of demand uncertainty ; Risk
pooling ; Centralized versus decentralized systems; Managing inventory in the supply chain
1
Hawaldar, K. Krishna, INDUSTRIAL MARKETING, TATA McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, New Delhi. 2018
Milind T. Phadtare, INDUSTRIAL MARKETING, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New delhi,2018
Michael D Hautt and Thomas W Speh, INDUSTRIAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT, The Dyden
Press.
Peter M. Chisnall, STRATEGIC INDUSTRIAL MARKETING;
Prentice-Hall International
Robert R. Reeder, Briety & Betty H. reeder, INDUSTRIAL MARKETING, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd, New delhi,2008
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA642A - MERGERS AND ACQUISITION (2017 Batch)

No of Lecture
Hours/Week:4
The corporate world is undergoing a sea change and firms have been growing in size, becoming global
and diversifying into new areas. They quite often face different challenges, more so in case of Indian
companies. The last decade has seen numerous M&As, which have often forced firms to adopt special
strategies for growth and survival. Today M&As have become a global phenomenon and Indian
companies which had often been targets of Mergers and acquisitions, reversed the trend and started
acquiring other companies both in India and abroad. This course intends to provide knowledge on
different aspects of Mergers and acquisitions.
Course Objectives:
v To understand Mergers and acquisitions happening in corporate world
v To make the participants understand the M&A process
v Understand different business valuation approaches
v To make the participants understand the legal aspects involved in M&A
v Understand need for and performance of cross border mergers and acquisitions
Learning Outcome
This course will enable students to acquire the basics of Mergers and acquisitions. The students’ would have
understood the process involved in M&A and Business valuation, takeover and its consequences and how mergers
and acquisitions in businesses capitalize on organizational synergies and thereby reap significant financial benefits
to survive and grow in a dynamic business environment.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Introduction – Forms of corporate restructuring –M&A, Joint Ventures, sell-off and spin-off, divestitures, LBO,
MBO,MLP, ESOP- History of merger movement –types of merger- Economic rationale for different types of
merger - Motives behind Mergers – theories of merger- synergy of mergers and acquisitions – Internal and external
change forces contributing towards M&A activities
Merger Process
Identification of target – Negotiation – closing the deal – due diligence – M&A integration –
organisational and human aspects – Managerial challenges of M&A
Valuation
Different approaches to valuation – discounted cash flow valuation – relative valuation – Valuation of
operating and financial synergy – Valuation of LBO – Methods of financing- cash offer, share
exchange ratio – M&A as a capital budgeting decision
Takeover
Types of takeover – Hostile takeover approaches – Takeover defenses – Anti-takeover amendments-

SEBI takeover code
Conceptual
Legal and Accounting aspects of M&A – accounting for amalgamation- Pooling of interest method,
Purchase method – Provisions of companies Act of 2013, Income Tax Act 1961, Provisions of
competition Act
Analytical
Cross Border Mergers and Acquisitions – The theory of MNE – Reasons – strategies and performance
of CBMA
1) Godbole, P. (2013). Mergers Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring. Noida: Vikas

Publishing House.
1) Kale, R. S. (2013). Mergers and Acquisitions. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
2) Rajesh, K.B. (2010). Mergers and Acquisitions. Text and Cases. New Delhi: Tata Mcgraw Hill.
3) Sudarsanam, S. (2010). Creating Value through Mergers and Acquisitions. New Delhi: Peasons
Education.
4) Pandey, I.M. (2010). Financial Management. New Delhi: Vikas Publishig house.
5) Gauchan, P. A. (2014). Mergers, Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings. New Delhi: Wiley
India Pvt. Ltd.,.
6) Jha, N. (2011). Mergers, Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring. Mumbai: Himalaya

Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,.
7) Yaragol, P. B., & S, B. C. (2015). Mergers & Acquisitions. Delhi: Kalyani Publishers.
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA643C - STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2017 Batch)


Course Description:
The course provides the knowledge of basic process by which human resource functions can create a
sustainable competitive advantage in an organisation. It introduces new concepts of and practices in
management of human resources which have evolved due to changing business scenarios. The course
provides insight in to philosophy of treating the human resources from both investment and resource
point of view and how it helps in achieving the mission and vison of an organization.
Course Objectives:
· To understand human resource as a strategic options to achieve organization vision and

mission.
· To assess strategy as a source of information for making human resource decisions.
· To analyze HR function from the perspective of their employer’s long term business
policies.
Learning Outcome
At the end of the course, students will learn:
· To analyses the challenges posed bycompetitive business environment to the HR functions.
· To evaluate human resource function in organization from both investment and resource
perspective.
To formulate HR strategy for relevant organizational factors

Introduction to Strategic HRM
Definition of SHRM, Need and Importance of SHRM – From Traditional HRM to SHRM – Linking HR Strategy
with Business Strategy- Developing an HRM Plan - Gaining Competitive Advantage through HR, On becoming a
strategic partners, The VRIO Framework, The changing role of HR, Future Challenges of HR
Human Resource Environment
Technology and Structure, Work force Diversity, Societal and Demographic Changes, Change in Employment
Relationships - Temporary and Contract LabourGlobal Environment, Global Competition
An Investment perspective of Human resources
Human resource investment considerations, investments in T&D, investment practices for improved
retention, investments in job secure workforce, ethical implications of employment practices, non-
traditional investment approaches.

Human resource planning
Strategic role of HRP, overview of HRP, managerial issues in planning, selecting forecasting techniques, forecasting
the supply of HR, forecasting the demand
Strategy implementation: workforce utilization and employment
practices
Efficient utilization of HR, dealing with employee shortages, selection of employees, dealing with
employee surpluses, special implementation challenges.

Strategy implementation: development systems and reward
management
Employee development, strategically oriented performance measurement systems, strategically oriented

compensation systems
Retrenchment Strategies
Understanding what is “Retrenchment” and “Redundancy”, Selection of Employees for Retrenchment,

Downsizing, HR Outsourcing and Employee Leasing.

Human Aspect of Strategies Implementation
Organisation Culture, Culture and Leadership, Human Side of Merger and Acquisition, Organizational Power and
Politics.
Human Resource Evaluation
Range of measures used to evaluate human resources performance, HRM and firm performance, Rationale for
HRM Performance, Measures of HRM Performance, Approaches to HRM Evaluation- Benchmarking, Balance
Score Card, HR Audit
The performance impact of HR practices
Level of Knowledge : Analytical
Individual high performance practices, limitations of individual practices, evolution of practices.

· Greer, C.R. (2010). Strategic Human Resource Management (2ndedi), Pearson education.
· Agarwala, T. (2010). Strategic Human Resource Management, Oxford University Press.
· Greer, C. (2009). Strategic Human Resource Management (2ndedi), Pearson Education Asia.
· Armstrong, M. (2009). Strategic Human Resource Management- A Guide to Action

(4thedi),Kogan Page London.
· Chanda, A., & Shel, J. (2009). HRM Strategic & Organizational Performance (1stedi), Sage
Publication.
· Viswanathan, R. (2010). Strategic Human Resource Management (1stedi), Himalaya

Publication
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA643D - TECHNOLOGY AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP (2017 Batch)

No of Lecture
Hours/Week:4
This course is intended to provide basic knowledge about the fundamentals and practices of adopting
Technological developments for Entrepreneurship. The course aims at enabling students with the
techniques that can be used for leveraging technology and entrepreneurship mind set to come up with
new products in the market.
Course Objectives
To present the student with a combined view of the Technology and Entrepreneurship space and
its synergic effect and enable them to come with constructive ideas in the market place
To develop competency in students to design new products and introduce to market
To enable students to plan and organize for required finances and other resources to use
technology to meet market demands
Learning Outcome
Design new products and services utilizing technology
Develop plan for marketing new products by adopting suitable strategy
Plan and manage finance for new venture

Technology Entrepreneurship Today
Trends, Opportunities, Challenges for today’s technology entrepreneur, what comes first- Technology
or Entrepreneurial idea, Minimal viable product; Innovation; Global markets, Effectuation
Five Pillars of Technology Entrepreneurship
Five Pillars of Technology Entrepreneurship - fundamental tools and techniques for success- Value
Creation, The Lean Startup, Customer Discovery and Validation, The Business Model Canvas and The
Entrepreneurial Method.
Technology Venture Idea Generation
Starting point, developing a credible idea for a new product or service, getting critical feedback,
refining idea, Continuous innovation, Opportunity register; Point of Pain, Target market, Single
product venture
Markets and Product / Service Development
Product planning and development process, - idea stage, the concept stage, the product development
stage, and the test market stage, market segmentation, targeting and assessing the market potential
Legal Structure, Equity Distribution and Capital Management
Developing a viable business around an idea or opportunity, attracting the interest of co-venturers or
sources of capital, choice of legal structure for the entity, and the distribution of equity amongst the co-
venturers, Investor capital, capital management plan, alternatives to raising debt or equity capital
Technology Business Plan
Developing and Implementing Business plan, Technology business plan; Marketing plan; Financial
plan; Organizational plan; Operational plan
Launching the Venture
Launching Strategies - enterprise-level, corporate-level, business-level, and functional-level,

relationships between the technology venture and society, diversification and managing the portfolio of
products and markets, Competitive parity; Market penetration strategy; First mover advantage; Value
chain; Intellectual property (IP)
Marketing and Selling Your Products
Customer focus, customer satisfaction, Target market; Market-skimming; Market-penetration pricing;

Arbitrary determination method; Competitive parity method
1. Thomas H. Byers Professor Prof. (Author), Richard C. Dorf (Author), Andrew Nelson Assistant
Professor Dr. (Author) (2014). Technology Ventures: From Idea to Enterprise 4th Edition,
McGraw-Hill Education
2. Thomas N. Duening, Robert A. Hisrich, Michael A. Lechter. Technology Entrepreneurship:
Creating, Capturing, and Protecting Value. Academic Press
3. Natasha Evers and James Cunningham. (2014). Technology Entrepreneurship: Bringing
Innovation to the Marketplace, Palgrave
4. John Bessant and Joe Tidd .Innovation and Entrepreneurship( 2015). Wiley
Thomas N. Duening, Ph.D, Robert D. Hisrich, Ph.D, Michael A. Lechter, Esq., CLP. (2015).
Technology Entrepreneurship (Second Edition)- Taking Innovation to the Marketplace, Academic Press
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA644B - DIGITAL MARKETING (2017 Batch)

The emerging powers of internet and related technologies have changed the Market place in the world,
by making transactions quick, economical and convenient. The course aims at enabling students with
the techniques that can be used for marketing in the digital/internet world.
Course Objective:
To present the student with an overall view of the Digital marketing space
To develop competency in students to develop Marketing Strategy using various tools available
to manage consumers and content on the internet
Learning Outcome
By the end of this course student will have:
•Learned the basics of digital marketing and would be able to use it effectively to run full-fledged
campaigns.
•Learned to develop a comprehensive digital marketing strategy.

Marketing in the Digital Era
Introduction to E-Marketing, Challenges Faced by Organizations, TheOnline Marketing Mix,

Segmentation and Targeting in Virtual World, Issues of Online Marketing
Consumer in the Digital Era
The Online Consumer, The Digital Ecosystem, Marketing in a Virtual World, The Potential of Digital
Marketing, Types Of Online Behaviour, Database Marketing, The Analytical Toolkit, CRM in a Web
2.0 World, CRM Processes and Technology, Types of CRM (Operational, Collaborative and
analytical), Sales Force Automation, Customer Service & Support, Customer Value Management, Key
Account Management
Business Drivers in the Virtual World,
Concept and Tools of Web 2.0, Introduction to Social Media, Models of Social Media, Social Media
Analytics, Social Media Tools, Viral Marketing, Social Curation, E-Enterprises, Online Branding, The
Digital Brand ecosystem, Establishing Online Brand Identity.
Web Business Models
Introduction to Web Business Models, Web Chain of Events and Analysis, Customer Life Time Value,
Pricing in Virtual World, Introduction to E-commerce, Online Distribution and Procurement, New
Intermediaries, Payment Service Providers.
Online Tools for Marketing
Consumer engagement and its Importance, Driving Consumer engagement, Engagement Marketing
through Content Management, Measurement of Consumer Engagement, Concept of Online Campaign
Management, Campaign Management using Corporate Blogs, Measuring Campaign effectiveness.
STP and Analytics
Consumer Segmentation, Targeting, and Positioning using Online Tools, Knowledge discovery and
Data mining for customer segmentation, Emerging Consumer segments in India, Market Influence
Analytics in a Digital Ecosystem, Consumer generated Media.
Co-Creation
Concept of Online CommUnities and Co-creation, Models of branded Co-Creation commUnities,

Leveraging online commUnities for Co-Creation, Role of online commUnities in impacting consumer
price sensitivity
The Contemporary Digital Revolution
Role of Games and apps in marketing, Common games used by Marketers, Anatomy of Gamification,
Structure of a Game, Game Mechanics and Dynamics, Apps in Banking, Apps and the Indian
Diaspora, The Future of Marketing Gamification and Apps
1) Dave Chaffey and Ellis Chadwick, Digital Marketing: Strategy, Implementation and Practice,
Pearson Publications.
2) Zimmerman Jan, Sahlin Doug. (2008). Social media marketing, All-in-one for dummies,
Wiley India
3) Teixeira, J. (2010). Your Google Game Plan for Success: Increasing Your Web Presence with
Google AdWords, Analytics and Website Optimizer, Wiley India.
4) Damian Ryan. ( 2014). Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging
the Digital Generation, Kogan Page
1) Vandana Ahuja, (2015) Digital Marketing, Oxford University Press

Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA644C - PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT (2017 Batch)

Course Description:
The course examines the importance of an effective performance management system that help in
achieving organization’s short and long term goals. It explains and reinforces the concept that
performance management is not a one-time supervisory event, but an ongoing process of planning,
facilitating, assessing, and improving individual and organizational performance. In addition, the
course emphasizes the importance of measuring the effectiveness of human resource activities that are
designed to enhance individual and organizational performance.
Course Objective:
· To equip students with comprehensive knowledge about the performance management

system organizations
· To assess various organizational performance management programs and identify best practices
that define the attributes of effective performance management systems.
· To develop job-related performance standards and performance indicators that reflect the
employee’s range of responsibilities.
Learning Outcome
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will be able:
· To identify appropriate actions organisation can take with respect to employees (e.g. training
and development, wage increase, promotion, bonus etc.) based on their performance
strengths and weaknesses.
· To assess how increased employee involvement can contribute to effective performance and
coach employees.
· To identify career paths and resources available to support individual development.
· To design an organization’s performance management process that is compliant with law

and also supports organizational mission and strategy.

Introduction to Performance Management
Conceptual framework, Definition of performance appraisal, Objectives of performance appraisal,
Process of performance appraisal, Importance of performance appraisal, Performance Management and
Employee Development, Emerging trends in performance appraisal.
Process of Performance Management
Overview of Performance Management Process, Performance Management Planning Process, Mid-

Cycle Review Process, End -Cycle Review Process, Performance Management Cycle at a Glance.
performance Management and Development
Introduction, Performance management Planning, the planning process, Performance agreement,

drawing up the plan, Evaluating the Performance planning process
Performance Management System
Concept of performance management, Definition of Performance management, Purposes of performance

management, Elements of performance management, Performance Appraisal v/s Performance Management,
Designing a Performance Management System, Performance Management Prism, and Competency based PMS,
Electronic PMS.
Potential Appraisal and HRD
Conceptual framework, Meaning and Definition of Potential Appraisal, Objectives of Potential Appraisal, Potential
Appraisal and Performance Appraisal, Concept of HRD, Objectives and challenges of HRD, HRD Mechanisms and
HRD outcomes
Competency Analysis and Competency Mapping
Meaning and definition of Competency, Concept of competency Analysis, Approaches to Competency analysis,
Competency Mapping, Need Development and assessment of Competency Models, Competency and Performance,
Tools to identify the competencies of the Employees
Team performance Management
Building and leading high performance teams, Virtual teams - Remote working, prerequisites of remote team
performance -Role of team leaders - Drivers of performance - Designing appraisal programs – Conducting
appraisals - individuals and teams - Feedback mechanisms – Individual and team rewards
Performance counseling
Introduction to Performance counseling, Concept of Performance Counseling, Principles of Performance

Counseling, Performance Counseling skill
Issues in Performance Management
Role of Line Managers, Performance Management and Reward: Role of Line Managers in
Performance Management, Performance Management and Reward, Concepts related to Performance
and Reward, Linking Performance to Pay – A Simple System Using Pay Band, Linking Performance to
Total Reward, Challenges of Linking Performance and Reward

Ethics in Performance Appraisal
Ethics – An Overview, Ethics in Organization, Ethics in Performance Management, Realities of Ethics

in Performance Management, Ensuring Ethics in Performance Management
· T.V. Rao, Performance Management and Appraisal Systems, Sage Publications, New Delhi
· Rober Bacal, Performance Management, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
· B D Singh, “Performance Management System – A Holistic Approach”, Excel books
· S Kohli and T Deb, “Performance Management”, Oxford Higher Education
· Prem Chadha, “Performance Management- it’s about performing not about Appraising”,
McMillan Business books
· Soumendra Narain Bagchi, “Performance Management”, Cengage Learning
· Kaizen strategies for improving team Performance, Prentice Hall
·
TV Rao, Raju , Gopal Mahapatra Nandini, Performance Appraisal & 360 Degree Feedback,
2nd Edition, Excel Books/Oxford IBH
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA645A - DEBT MARKETS AND MUTUAL FUNDS (2017 Batch)
Debt market refers to the financial market where investors buy and sell debt securities, mostly in the
form of bonds. These markets are important source of funds, especially in a developing economy like
India. India debt market is one of the largest in Asia. Like all other countries, debt market in India is
also considered a useful substitute to banking channels for finance. This course familiarizes the
students with the debt market operations and mutual Fund investments, Credit rating systems and debt
market practices in India. Also to provide insight about the relationship of the Risk and Return,
Measuring risk bringing returns according to the expectations of the investors in the debt and mutual
fund instruments.
Learning objective
1. To understand the Fixed Income Securities Market environment in India
2. To introduce to the Bond valuations and Risk Identification in Bonds.
3. To understand the Government securities and Corporate Debt Market in India.
4. To familiarize students with Bond Portfolio Management Strategies.
Learning Outcome
At the end of the course, students should be able to
1. Understand the Fixed Income Securities Market environment in India
2. Analyze bond valuations and Risk Identification in Bonds.
3. Understand the Government securities and Corporate Debt Market in India.
4. Appraise the Bond Portfolio Management Strategies.

Fixed Income Securities Markets Overview
Lev
Features - types – Debt market in India - Institutional Arrangements - Market Participants and
Instruments - Investors Perspectives Risk and Rewards - Treasury Securities Auction - Government
Bond Markets - Auction Mechanisms - Uniform vs Discriminatory Auction - Auction and Repo
Markets - Markets Implications of Auctions
Bond Mathematics
Time Value of Money - Price and Yield Conventions - Bond Valuation

Risk Identification in Bonds
Credit rating system – risk factors - Duration, Convexity - Immunization Strategies – Bond price
theorems – malkiel bond theorems - Yield Curve Analysis - Par Value, Zero, Spot Curve - Term
Structure of Interest Rates - Constructing Yield Curve Bootstrapping
Corporate Debt Markets
Structure, Rating, Spread - Issuers and Investors Perspectives - Valuation, Convertibles - Financial
Distress, Bankruptcy, Current trends in Indian Debt market
Bond Portfolio Management Strategies
Fixed Income Derivative Markets - FRAs, Swaps, Futures, Options Global Fixed Income Securities
Markets Indexing, Securitization.
Introduction to Mutual Fund
Introduction - Mutual Funds: Structure in India – Management of Investor's Money - custodian - Role
of the AMC, Registrar and Transfer Agents. – NFO procedure - investor's rights and obligations.

Mutual Fund Valuations
Fund Accounting and Valuation. Portfolio Management- AUM - Managing Unit Holder’s money ·
Performance Measurement and Evaluation of Mutual Fund Schemes·Mutual Fund as an investment ·
Developing a Model Portfolio for the investor · Unit holders Protection.
Moorad Choudhry,oldrich Masek. (2013). Fixed income markets. John Wiley and sons inc.
1. Bond Market Association. (2008). The fundamentals of municipal bonds.John Wiley.
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA645B - NEURO MARKETING (2017 Batch)

Course Objectives/Course
The course Descriptioncan help business to achieve an in-depth understanding of consumers’
focuses on how neuromarketing
thinking, choices and purchase decisions. The central focus is to bring awareness about the brain science of
consumers’ decision making at the same time this is not a course on brain anatomy.This course comprises of the
practical implication of brain science in marketing strategies and how organizations can succeed with
neuromarketing research unlike traditional marketing research practices
To understand the brain science in the nonconscious processes that underlies consumer choice of
consumer decision making.
To analyze how neuromarketing measures and metrics capture consumer responses in ways that
differ fundamentally from traditional marketing methods.
To apply the tools to measure neuropsychological effects of marketing decisions
To assess the importance of consumer neuroscience claims and findings using real world
examples from advertising, branding, product development, shopping etc.
Learning Outcome
· On completion, the students will have a basic understanding of the interdisciplinary
dimensions of Neuro marketing.
· Distinguish howneural networks respond to different marketing cues

· Apply Neuro marketing to predict consumers’ decisions
· At the end of this course, the students should have diagnosed the various strategies of
neuromarketing

Introduction
Meaning and interdisciplinary dimension of Neuro Marketing, behaviourism, positioning-gaps;
structure and functions of the human brain., emotions depend on cognitive appraisal of stimulus
Neural Correlates and itsapplication to marketing
memory-importance, types, its application to marketing and advertising, 4 stages of memory formation,
advertising &seven sins of memory.Brain laterality-usefulness to marketing, applications-
communication design, communication strategy, low-involvement & high involvement process, brain
waves and brand communication, Brain waves, ads create emotional and cognitive impact, branding
moments.
Devices for neural readings
EEG-types of waves, CT scanning, MRI, fMRI, Eye tracking, GSR, PET, Biometrics, brain tracking devices and
tools to measure neural activities
Neuro Marketing Research studies
experiments in package design, Retties and Brewer (2000), neuroimages of advertising, advertising and
brain waves, experimental ad research-thinking and feeling are necessary, methodology& conclusions
drawn from experiments. experimental advertising research- print ads generate more brain waves,
design of the study, findings and conclusion, impact of media, product and message on affective,
cognitive and persuasive outcomes of ads
Towards an integrated approach
brain laterality, memory formation and interference, rational and emotional components of brand
attributes, positioning, marketing research, brand recall, deciding the price
Neuromarketing and product life cycle
Strategies of introductory, growth, maturity and decline stage, application of neuromarketing concepts
into product life cycle
Sharma, J.K., Singh, D and Deepak, K.K and Agarwal. D.P (2012) Neuromarketing: a peep into
customers’ minds, Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall Pvt Ltd, New Delhi
Lindstrom,M. (2008). Buyology: How everything we believe about why we buy is wrong. London:
Random House Business.
2.Plessis, E. (2011). The branded mind: what neuroscience really tells us about the puzzle of the
brain and the brand, London, UK: Kogan Page
3. Genco, Stephen J., Andrew P. Pohlmann and Peter Steid (2013) Neuromarketing for Dummies,
John Wiley & Sons. ISBN-10: 1118518586, ISBN-13: 978-1118518588. (Paperback or Kindle
formats at http://www.amazon.com/Neuromarketing-Dummies-Business-
PersonalFinance/dp/1118518586/ref)
4. Bridger, Darren (2015) Decoding the Irrational Consumer: How to Commission, Run and
Generate Insights from Neuromarketing Research, Kogan Page Publishers, ISBN-10: 0749473843,
ISBN-13: 978-0749473846
Video based Case study of P&G, Gillette & UCB campaigns
(http://www.neuro-insight.com/)
(http://innerscoperesearch.com/)
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA645C - HUMAN RESOURCE SCORECARD (2017 Batch)

Course Objectives:
As HR professionals respond to the challenge of taking a more strategic perspective regarding their
role in the organisation, measuring HR’s performance and its contribution to the firm’s performance
consistently emerge as a key theme. This course addresses the question of how HR practitioners can
measure their contribution to their firm’s growth.
Course Outcomes:The course specifically aims to achieve the following objectives
· To appreciate the importance of bottom-line focus to the Human Resource function and the
trend toward HR accountability.
· To understand the various approaches and techniques of measuring HR.
· To get hands on experience of studying the HR function of an organisation to understand its
impact on bottom-line.
Learning Outcome
At the end of the course students will be:
· Understand HR in what ways HR can align business strategies with people strategies.
· Analyse various approaches and metrics that can be used to measure HR effectiveness.
Create HR scorecard for an organisation
HR as a Strategic Partner
Introduction and Overview- Changing Role of HR - HR as a Strategic Partner -the Need for Measuring
HR
Seven Step Process for Measuring the Strategic Influence of HR
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual& Analytical
Define Business Strategy – Build a Business Case for HR as a Strategic Asset – Create a Strategy Map
– Identify HR Deliverables within the Strategy Map – Align HR Architecture with HR Deliverables –
Design the Strategic HR Measurement System – Implement Management by Measurement
Approaches to Measuring HR
Competitive Benchmarking- HR Accounting - HR Auditing - HR Cost Monitoring - HR Effectiveness

Index - HR Key Indicators - HR MBO - HR Profit Centre - HR Reputation - Return on Investment -
Surveys
Measuring Specific Impact
Measuring HR’s Contribution to Enterprise Goals - Cost Benefit Analyses for HR Interventions -
Measuring HR’s Impact on Processes - Measuring HR’s Value Added - Balanced Scorecard and HR
Scorecard
Issues in Measurement Process
Principle of Good Measurement - Integrating Alternative Measures of Behavioural and Performance

Outcomes - End-to-end HR Value Report - Measuring HR Alignment
Future Trends in HR Metrics
The Next Generation HR Valuation • Human Resource Valuation Strategy for Inventing Future
David Ulrich, Brian E. Becker, Mark A. Huselid (2001), The HR Scorecard- Linking People, Strategy, and
Performance, 1st Ed, Harvard Business School Press
· Armstrong, M. (2009). Strategic Human Resource Management- A Guide to Action

(4thedi),Kogan Page London.
· Chanda, A., & Shel, J. (2009). HRM Strategic & Organizational Performance (1stedi), Sage
Publication.
· Viswanathan, R. (2010). Strategic Human Resource Management (1stedi), Himalaya

Publication
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA645D - ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE (2017 Batch)

Course Description: ‘Entrepreneurial Finance’ is a set of ideas that is applicable to a broad spectrum
of firms, from small entrepreneurial software firms to large international conglomerates. The financing
needs of firms at the ends of this spectrum are significantly different from each other. This course will
focus on financing issues facing new, young, and small business ventures. The course is intended for
both entrepreneurs and employees in these types of ventures. We will go in depth on how to analyse
financial statements, create financial forecasts, and valuate these types of ventures. We will study the
tools and methods used in determining how much money a venture actually needs in order to be viable.
Further, we will explore tools and approaches used when selling an idea to potential investors.
Attention will be devoted to the different types of financing alternatives available to new, young, and
small ventures.
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to provide a better understanding of Entrepreneurial finance issues
confronting entrepreneurial firms.
(1) Cover the major financial, managerial, ethical, and planning fundamentals of small business
entrepreneurship.
(2) Obtain a practical understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of various forms of business
ownership. This entails application and analysis of financial statements for each type of business
ownership.
(3) Apply materials from traditional corporate finance texts to small businesses. This includes learning
the skills necessary to solve mathematical problems related to financial management decision-making.
(4) Demonstrate the importance of the time value of money as a tool in both business planning and
personal financial planning. Coverage in the course seeks to simplify the use of this tool. 5) Provide an
in-depth discussion of risk management including personal investment vehicles that enable the
entrepreneur to plan for retirement.
Learning Outcome
By the end of the course the student should be able to:
(1) Be more prepared to start up and successfully manage their own businesses.
(2) Understand financial statements for small businesses.
(3) Grasp fundamental finance concepts such as net present value and risk management.
(4) Apply operational and interactive techniques for small business owners.
Introduction to Entrepreneurial finance
The fundamental financial aspects of the management of small business and entrepreneurial firms (sole
proprietorships, partnership, small private corporations), Difference between Entrepreneurial financing and normal
business financing- Financial Risks faced by entrepreneurs- Early stage funding credit risk.
Sources of Finance
Various sources of Finance available: Boot strapping, External finance_ Long term sources -Equity
Shares, Preference Shares and debentures- Kinds Private Placements- IPO-SEBI- FDI- Institutional
Finance - Banks - IDBI, IFCI, IIBI, ICICI, SIDBI, SFC's in India - Merchant Banks in India - NBFC's
in India - their way of financing in India for small and medium business, Angel investor and Venture
capital.

Entrepreneurial Project and Appraisal
Concepts Capital Expenditures - Importance and difficulties - Phases of Capital budgeting Levels of
Capital budgeting - Estimation of Project Cash flows -Expenditures - Time value of money. Pay-back
period - NPV of inflows - IRR concepts -Cost of acquiring capital - Planning of portfolio. Risk
Analysis - Economic Risk -Industry Risk - Company Risk - Financial Risk.
Venture capital financing
Venture capital - Meaning - origin - Importance - Venture capital in India – Benefits.Intangible asset
financing- Staged financing of venture capital-assessing VC share and portfolio- VC market in India –
VC market in Europe and USA.
Entrepreneurial Finance and Tax planning
Finance planning by entrepreneurs: Hire Purchase - Concept - Evaluation of Hire Purchase Proposals - Leasing -
Overview -Tax aspects - Lease Accounting - Evaluation of Leasing Proposals. Tax planning for start-ups – location
of business, nature of business, nature of business organisation.
Preparing the Financing Plan
Preparation of Start-up budget including marketing, pay roll budgets, Start-up cost sheet, projected
statements -BEP, projected cash flows, projected Profit/loss account, projected balance sheet, projected
business ratios , developing revenue models, importance of review of plans, Introduction to start up
ERP packages, Long term financing- Withholding Tax Considerations- Estimating the Borrowing
capacity of a project- Loan repayment .
1. Indian Financial Systems - M. Y. Khan(2018). (Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Corporation Limited, New Delhi).
.Projects - Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Review - Prasanna Chandra. (Tata
McGraw - Hill Publishing Corporation Limited, New Delhi).
3. Financial Institution & Markets - L. M. Bhole. (Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Corporation Limited,
New Delhi).
4. Financial Markets - Gordon & Natarajan. (BPB Publications).
5. Investment Management - V. K. Blialla. (S. Chand & Company Publishers ltd.,)
6. Project Financing- Asset based Financial Engineering- John D Finnerty-John Wiley & Sons Inc,
New York
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA651E - ADVANCED R PROGRAMMING FOR ANALYTICS (2017 Batch)


Course Description
This course is designed for the students to have hands-on programming with R. The course gives
students advanced data analytical capabilities and statistical computing using R. The course also covers
advanced statistics.
Course Objectives
Ø Use R as a statistical tool.

Ø Write your own functions and simulations with R.
Learning Outcome
Course Objectives
Ø Use R as a statistical tool.

Ø Write your own functions and simulations with R.

The very Basics& Packages
R User Interface – Objects – Functions –Sample with replacement – Writing your own functions – The
function constructor – Arguments – scripts – Packages - Install packages – library – Parts of a help
page - Getting Help with Help Pages.
R Objects & R Notation
Atomic Vectors – Doubles – Integers – Characters – Logicals – Complex and raw – Attributes –
matrices – Arrays – Class – Lists – data frames – Loading data – saving data – R Notation – Selecting
values – Positive integers – Negative integers – Zero – Blank spaces – Logical Values – Names –
Dollar signs and Double brackets.
Modifying values & Environments
Changing Values in place – Logical sub setting – Logical Tests – Boolean operators – Missing information –
Environments – Working with environments – The Active Environment – Assignment – Evaluation – Closures -
Scoping rules
Programs & the S3 system
Strategy – Sequential steps – Parallel cases – if statements – else statements – Lookup tables – Code
Comments – The S3 system – Attributes – Generic functions – Methods – Method Dispatch – Classes
– S3 and Debugging – S4 and R5.
Loops & Vectorized Code
Expected values – Expand grid – for Loops – while loops – repeat loops – Vectorized Code – How to
write fast for loops in R – Vectorized code in practice – Loops versus Vectorized code.
Ø W. N. Venables, D. M. Smith, An Introduction to R, R Core Team, 2018.
Ø John Verzani, simpleR – Using R for Introductory Statistics, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group,
2005.

Ø Hands-On Programming with R (Write your own functions and simulations) by Garrett
Grolemund.
Ø Beginner’s guide for Data Analysis using R Programming by Dr. Jeeva Jose.
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3 Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA652E - DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING (2017 Batch)

Course Description
Data warehousing & Data Mining has recently gained a considerable momentum as a paradigm for
driving firm’s daily business analytics operations. This course provides an introduction to fundamental
techniques and novel applications of data warehouse and Data Mining. Issues covered by this learning
experience include data warehouse planning; data mining techniques, business analytics modeling,
design, and implementation. In particular, the role of data warehouse in supporting business
intelligence and effective decision making is emphasized through labs, projects and case studies.
Data is a critical type of business capital, and data mining is essential to unleash the value of data for
business analytics. Mining data from massive amounts of data accumulated in organizations creates
value for individuals, businesses, and society via data-driven decision-making or pattern based
strategy. In this course, students will learn state-of-the-art data mining methods and theories. We will
also discuss the applications of data mining methods to solve real-world business problems in a wide
range of areas such as marketing, finance, and healthcare. As one of Business Analytics elective depth
electives, it provides a good balance between theory and practice. The participants will explore
applications and have great opportunity for hands-on experimentation with data warehousing and data
mining using advanced software packages from leading industrial vendors.
This course will use Rapid Miner / WEKA, which are popular, open source, graphical data mining &
intelligence tools, as well as MySQL open source database. This course should prove valuable to you if
you want to join or start an analytics‐centric firm, help an existing organization improve its data mining
skill set, and make good managerial decisions regarding data mining and business intelligence.
Course Objective
· Be familiar with mathematical foundations of data mining tools..

· Understand and implement classical models and algorithms in data warehouses and data mining
· Characterize the kinds of patterns that can be discovered by association rule mining,
classification and clustering.
· Master data mining techniques in various applications like social, scientific and business
application context.
· Develop skill in selecting the appropriate data mining algorithm for solving practical problems.
Learning Outcome
Course Objective
· Be familiar with mathematical foundations of data mining tools..

· Understand and implement classical models and algorithms in data warehouses and data mining
· Characterize the kinds of patterns that can be discovered by association rule mining,
classification and clustering.
· Master data mining techniques in various applications like social, scientific and business
application context.
Develop skill in selecting the appropriate data mining algorithm for solving practical problems
Data Warehouse
Introduction to Data Ware House, Differences between operational data base systems and data Ware
House, Data Ware House characteristics, Data Ware House Architecture and its components,
Extraction-Transformation-Loading, Logical (Multidimensional), Data Modeling, Schema Design, star
and snow-Flake Schema, Dimension Table characteristics; Fact-Less-Facts, Dimension Table
characteristics; OLAP cube, OLAP Operations, OLAP Server Architecture-ROLAP, MOLAP and
HOLAP.
Introduction to Data Mining
Introduction, What is Data Mining, Definition, KDD, Challenges, Data Mining Tasks, Data
Preprocessing- Data Cleaning, Missing Data, Dimensionality Reduction, Feature Subset Selection,
Discretization and Binaryzation , Data Transformation; Measures of similarity and dissimilarity-
Basics.
Association Rules
Problem Definition, Frequent Item Set Generation, The APRIORI Principle, Support and Confidence Measures,
Association Rule Generation, APRIORI Algorithm, The Partition Algorithms, FP-Growth Algorithms, Compact
Representation of Frequent Item Set-Maximal Frequent Item Set, Closed Frequent Item Set
Classification
Problem definition, General Approaches to solving a classification problem, Evaluation of Classifiers,
Classification techniques, Decision trees-Decision Tree Construction, Methods for expressing attribute test
conditions, Measures for Selecting the Best split, Algorithm for Decision tree Induction, Naïve-Bayes Classifier,
Bayesian Belief Networks; K-nearest neighbor classification-Algorithm and characteristics
Clustering
Problem Definition, Clustering overview, Evaluation of clustering algorithms, Partitioning clustering
K-Means Algorithm, K-Means Additional Issues, PAM Algorithm, Hierarchical Clustering-Algorithm-
Agglomerative Methods and Divisive Methods, Basic Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering
Algorithm, Specific techniques, Key Issues in Hierarchical Clustering, Strengths and weakness, Outlier
Detection
· Data Mining-Concepts and Techniques- Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers, Elsevier, 2 Edition, 2006.
· Introduction to Data Mining, Pang-Ning Tan, Vipin Kumar, Michael Steinbanch, Pearson
Education.
· Data Mining Techniques, Arun K Pujari, 3rd Edition, Universities Press.

· Data Ware Housing Fundamentals, Pualraj Ponnaiah, Wiley Student Edition.
· The Data Ware House Life Cycle Toolkit- Ralph Kimball, Wiley Student Edition.
· Data Mining, Vikaram Pudi, P Radha Krishna, Oxford University.
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA653E - ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE FOR BUSINESS AND

SOCIETY (2017 Batch)
Course Description
Driven by the combination of increased access to data, computational power, and improved sensors
and algorithms, artificial intelligence (AI) technologies are entering the mainstream of technological
innovation. These technologies include search, machine learning, natural language processing, robotics
and image processing. The course is an introduction to AI from an applied perspective in Business and
Society. It begins by describing what the latest generation of artificial intelligence techniques can
actually do. After an introduction of some basic concepts and techniques, the course illustrates both the
potential and current limitations of these techniques with examples from a variety of business
applications. In a final project, groups of students will participate in the creation of an AI-based
application.
Course Objective:
· Identify problems where artificial intelligence techniques are applicable
· Apply selected basic AI techniques; judge applicability of more advanced techniques.
· Participate in the design of systems that act intelligently and learn from experience.
· Raise students’ awareness of the importance of AI and its application in business and society.
Learning Outcome
Course Objective:
· Identify problems where artificial intelligence techniques are applicable
· Apply selected basic AI techniques; judge applicability of more advanced techniques.
· Participate in the design of systems that act intelligently and learn from experience.
· Raise students’ awareness of the importance of AI and its application in business and society.
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, AI History & Philosophy, Logic Based AI, Knowledge Based
AI, Contemporary AI
Philosophy of Artificial Intelligence
Philosophy of Mind, Evolving Intelligence, Types of Memory, Human Like Problem Solving, Difference between
Artificial Intelligence, Biological Intelligence, Natural Intelligence, Hard Computing and Soft Computing, Problem
Solving, Knowledge and Reasoning, Intelligent Agent and Human Computer Interface
Application of Artificial Intelligence
Uses of AI in Business applications and Social Applications, AI in Governance, Commercial Artificial
Intelligence Applications in Business (Financial Analysis, Sentimental Analysis & Behavioral
Analysis), Computer Vision, Virtual Reality, Cognitive Intelligence, Smart City Project
Implementation using Artificial Intelligence
Advanced Artificial Intelligence
Evolutionary Programming, Artificial Neural Network, Fuzzy Logic, Genetic Algorithm, Genetic
Programming, Machine Learning (A paradigm of learning, Classification of learning strategies (Rote
Learning, Learning by analogy, Learning by instruction, learning by induction, Learning by
deduction)), Common Sense Computing, Computer Vision, Virtual Reality, Cognitive Intelligence
Case Study / Use Case
Case Study in Conversational systems, Advanced Robotics, Drones, Automated Vehicles, Healthcare
application, Gamification and Entertainment, Business Ethics and Artificial Intelligence
· Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach (2nd edition) by Stuart J. Russell, Peter Norvig,
Prentice Hall, (2010)
· Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning for Business: A No‐Nonsense Guide to

Data Driven Technologies, Steven Finlay, Relativistic, (2017).
· Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics by Margaret H. Dunham, Prentice Hall, ISBN:
0130888923
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3
Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
Research
Presentation Based
Written Quiz /
Assignment Test
Project / review /
Discussion Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA654A - FINANCIAL MODELLING (2017 Batch)

Course Description
This course aims to familiarize the students with the different aspects of financial modeling using
computer applications. It is a key skill with application in several domains of banking and finance
industry as well as within corporations. It equips students for roles in core finance areas such as Equity
Research, Investment Banking, Project Finance, Business Analysis, Credit Rating, Mergers &
Acquisitions, Financial Analysis, and Corporate Finance.
Course Objectives
· To Assess the applications of different financial modeling tools
· To apply mathematical models to different financial variables.
· To forecast the company performance on relevant financial parameters.
· To evaluate financial viability of various projects
Learning Outcome
Learning Outcomes
Students able to
Develop financial Models using Excel applications.

Take valid financial decisions based on results of the developed models

Excel Proficiency
Formatting of Excel Sheets, Use of Excel Formulae Function, Advanced Modeling Techniques, Data Filter and Sort, Charts
and Graphs, Table formula and Scenario building, lookups, pivot tables, Macros, Recording of Macros, understanding Visual
Basic Enviornment (VBE)
Financial Modeling using Excel
Build a financial model from a scratch using the best structuring techniques - Use efficiently key Excel functions to construct
sound financial forecasting models - Economy Industry and Company Framework - Step by Step analysis of company-
Interpret and analyze the key ratios used in a financial forecast - Projecting B/S , Income statement and Cash Flows -
Developing dynamic models using Excel - Equity Valuation using DDM, DCF, Relative Valuation , Residual Valuation and -
Regression Based Models - Preparing a comprehensive high quality report
Valuation Modeling
Understanding Integrated Financial Models - Scenario Analysis - Excel Efficiency Shortcuts and formulae - Cash and Interest
Revolver - Building Historical Financial Statements - Ratio Analysis - Projecting Financial Statements.
Merger& Acquisition (M&A) Analysis
Building Merger Inputs - Stock and Cash Mix Deal - Contribution Analysis - Accretion and Dilution
Project Finance Modeling
Why Project evaluation; stage of project; construction & development phase; funding during investment phase; costs during
investment phase; life of project; decision making, cash flow waterfall & resolve circular reference problem in interest during
construction; Understanding Date functions, Modeling Cash flow waterfall, Delays in Projects
Equity Research Modeling
Prepare an Income Statement, Balance sheet, Cash Flow Statement, Geographic Revenue Sheet, Segment Revenue Sheet,
Cost Statement, Debt Sheet, Analyze Revenue Drivers - Forecast Geographic Revenues, Segment Revenues, Geographic
Revenues, Cost Statement, Debt, Income Statement, Balance Sheet, Cash Flow Statement. Performa Adjustments, Income
Statement - Compute Margins, Balance Sheet -Compute Ratios
Valuation and forecaarting
Cash Flow Statement Projection, Valuation- Discounted Cash Flow Method (DCF), Valuation – Relative Valuation (Football
Field Chart)
Valuation – Assumptions for Valuation Model, Prepare Valuation Model, Prepare Presentation Sheet, Prepare
Alstair L Day. (2013). Mastering Financial Modeling in Excel. Pearson Publications.
· Jonathan Swan. (2008). Practical financial modeling -A Guide to Current Practice.John Wiley and Sons.
Alastair Day. (2010). Mastering Financial Modeling in Microsoft Excel: A practitioner's guide to applied corporate
finance (English).
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment Pattern

CIA – 1 CIA – 2 CIA – 3

Attendance
1 2 3 MSE 1 2 3
(5)* 10 (5)* (5)* 50 (25)* (5)* (5)* (5)* (5)*
/ Mini Review /
Project / Book
Discussion review /
Mastery
Project
CIA1 = 30 marks
CIA2 = 30 marks
CIA3 = 30 marks



BBA681 - PROJECT (2017 Batch)

The project is to provide exposure to various dimensions of corporate working and certain problems faced by them
and assist them in problem solving through active research.
Learning Outcome
The student after completing this project would have understood certain problem solving techniques and other
issues faced by corporates which would provide a base for their career development
Chapter 1:
A)
Introduction to the topic:
The Introduction chapter should broadly cover the following topics
a) Introduction to the functional area i.e., Finance/Marketing/Human Resources and the

relationship between of one functional area to other functional areas of management.
b) Importance of the topic from macro and micro perspective and title chosen for study.
c) Study of the organization with reference to the topic. (if Necessary)
B) Literature review
The literature review is a body of text that aims to review the critical points of current knowledge on a particular
topic. Literature reviews are secondary sources, and as such, do not report any new or original experimental work.
Literature review seeks to describe, summarize, evaluate, clarify and/or integrate the content of primary reports".
Students are required to review at least 10 latest articles from refereed journals on their topics for the research
work and wrie the gist of these articles in 100 words about each article in their own words.
C) Industry Profile:
The Industry and Company Profile chapter should broadly cover the following topics
a. Introduction to Industry/area of business
b. Total size/annual turn over of the industry
Key players in the industry & their market share. [Amount of turn over].Annual Industry Growth
Rate, Government policies/regulations influencing the industry(with reference to foreign
competition or FDI limit).
D) Company profile:
a. A brief history of the company/business group.

b. Year of establishment. initial investment, founders profile, place(s) of business , nature of initial business(es)
of the group , & past business performance
c. Present position of the company/business group in terms of total investment, type/nature of businesses,
total turnover, total number of employees, product profile, competitor profile, rate of growth of investment,
sales, profits, clients or customers, present product/segment wise market share of the company, subsidiary
companies [if any] under the same management, collaboration/joint ventures [if any],performance of it’s
stocks for the past few years, export earnings[if exporting], and certifications/achievements/awards won[if
any] and SWOT analysis.
Chapter 2: Research Design
The research design chapter must contain the information under the following headings;
1. Title/Statement of the problem
2. Objectives of the study
3. Scope of the study
4. Hypothesis (If there is)
5. Population and sampling techniques
6. Data collection methods
7. statistical tools for analysis
8. Limitations of the study
Chapter 3:
Analysis and Interpretation
The data collected is to be analyzed using relevant statistical tools followed by suitable interpretation.
Chapter 4:
Summary of Findings
The salient findings of the research study along with suitable suggestions need to be given

Chapter 5:
Recommendations and Conclusion

Annexure [No chapterization]
Questionnaire
Any relevant documents / brochures could be attached

Bibliography [No chapterization]
All sources of reference such as journal articles, books, websites etc. to be given in compliance with APA 6th Ed
format only
**
**
Evaluation Pattern
Evaluation
Project – 50 marks
Viva-voce examination – 50 marks

Christ Bba 2019 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Christ Bba 2019 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

6/23/2020 https://christuniversity.

1 Semester - 2019 - Batch

Assessment Component Marks

Examination And Assesments

AEN121 - ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (2019 Batch)

The objectives of this course are

The students will become

Unit-1 Teaching Hours:10

3. Agha Shahid Ali “Snow on the Desert”

4. Eunice D Souza “Marriages are Made”

Unit-2 Teaching Hours:15

2. Ruskin Bond “He said it with Arsenic”

3. Bhisham Sahni “The Boss Came to Dinner”

4. N. Kunjamohan Singh “The Taste of Hilsa”

5. Mohan Thakuri “Post Script”

Unit-3 Teaching Hours:20

2. Ela Bhatt “Organising for Change”

4. B R Ambedkar “Waiting for A Visa”

Text Books And Reference Books:

Contemporary knowledge of the soci-political situation in the sub-continent

The text book copy "Reading Diversity"

On-line resources to appreciate the text through the Comprehension Questions

CIA 2: Mid-semester written exam for 50 marks

Question Paper Pattern

Mid Semester Exam: 2 hrs

End Semester Exam: 2 hrs

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 No of Lecture Hours/Week:2

2. To develop understanding between individuals within a team or in a group setting.

3. To discover the importance of Team Building & Being a Team Member.

To evaluate different reading strategies to improve effective reading.

Unit-2 Teaching Hours:6

Unit-3 Teaching Hours:6

· Understand yourself, Realize your strengths and weakness

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:70 No of Lecture Hours/Week:5

· To impart knowledge about fundamental principles of accounting.

· Ability to prepare Annual Financial Statements of Sole proprietor business firms.

· Knowledge about Accounting Standards and IFRS.

Unit-4 Teaching Hours:12

Preparation of bank reconciliation statement.

Jain S.P.,&Narang K L. (2018).Fundamentals of Financial Accounting,

Kalyani publishers.New Dehli.

CIA 1-30 Marks - Case Study/Review

CIA 2-50 Marks - Mid Semester Examination

CIA 3- 30 Marks- MCQ/Case Study/Review

To develop competencies and knowledge of students to become effective management professionals.

Text Books And Reference Books:

1. Daft, R. L. (2009). Principles of Management (1st edition), Cengage Learning.

3. Iyer, P. (2011). The Habit of Winning, Penguin

4. Koontz, H., &Weihrich, H. Essentials of Management, McGraw Hill Publishers.

5. L M Prasad, (2007). Principles and Practices of Management, Himalaya Publishing House

7. Rao, P.S. (2009). Principles of Management, Himalaya Publishing House.

Tripathi, R. (2009) Essentials of Management, Himalaya Publishing House.

CIA IA CIA IB CIA II

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60

To develop an understanding on basic elements that shape human behaviour in an organisation.

Unit-1 Teaching Hours:8

Process Models of Motivation-Vroom’s expectancy model, Porter and Lawler model.

· Fincham, Robin; Rhodes, Peter; (2010).Principles of Organizational Behavior, Oxford

(15 (15 (50 (15 (15 (100 (5 marks)

BBA134 - BUSINESS MATHEMATICS (2019 Batch)

Text Books And Reference Books:

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading